Mould circ. Moulded case circuit-breakers

Similar documents
Technical catalogue. Emax Low voltage air circuit-breakers. Hotline:

Panorama Molded case circuit breakers Power circuit breakers

Technical catalogue. Emax. Low voltage air circuit-breakers 1SDC200006D0205

Maintenance/Connection/Installation Service life C/O cyclesx1000

Technical catalogue. Emax. Low voltage air circuit-breakers 1SDC200006D0204

Integration between the MV protection and control unit REF542 and the LV protection trip unit PR123: selectivity and earth fault 1SDC007402G0201

3 - Protection components Circuit-breakers

Miniature circuit breakers. Residential current circuit breakers. Busbar systems. Comfort functions/energy control. Residential enclosures

TEST REPORT IEC Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 2: Circuit-breakers

Modular equipment. Presentation, standards. Standard contactors TeSys GC

Modeion OTHER ACCESSORIES OF MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

04 Page. MCCBs characteristics 94. MCCBs & accessories selection guide 96. MCCBs x MCCBs x MCCBs h

page 2 of 86 Report reference No:

TeSys contactors. TeSys D contactors. IEC/EN , IEC/EN , UL 508, CSA C22.2 n 14. Protection against direct fi nger contact IP 2X

11/0 IZM circuit-breakers, IN switch-disconnectors

Distribution systems and protection against indirect contact and earth fault

from 0.5 to 125 A Electrical characteristics Sensitivity type (ma) a AC Electrical auxiliaries Auxiliary and alarm switches (OF-SD)

T e c h n i c a l C a t a l o g u e MCCB. Moulded Case Circuit Breaker

NS..S contactor relays - with spring terminals AC operated

Page 13-2 Page Page 13-7

LC2D09BD. Main. Device short name. Utilisation category. Poles description Pole contact composition

TeSys circuit-breakers Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers types GV2, GV3 and GV7

CB Testing Laboratory...:EZÚ Address...:Pod Lisem Praha71-Trója Testing location/ procedure...: CBTL RMT SMT WMT TMP IEC60947_2C

Miniature circuit-breakers S 280 UC series. System pro M. Technical data

Mini Contactors. Mini Contactor Relays 4-pole 8 Auxiliary Contact Blocks. Interface Contactor Relays. Mini Contactors 10 Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LC1D12BL TeSys D contactor - 3P(3 NO) - AC-3 - <= 440 V 12 A - 24 V DC coil

Versatile air circuit-breakers up to 6300 A for economically-optimised solutions.

Controls Contactors and Contactor Assemblies Special Applications

A9 R Range Family Code Internal code Poles Code Rating (A) Code Acti 9 (A9) iid R

90 ReStart AUTOMATIC RECLOSING DEVICES

Modeion MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS BL1000S

(With the possibility of a tripping coil for remote control) (Generally optional with an electronic tripping device)

LC2D09BL REVERSING CONTACTOR 575VAC 9A IEC

Technical features table for miniature circuit-breakers SH 200 Series

Characteristics 5 TeSys k contactors and reversing contactors

LC1D32BD TeSys D contactor - 3P(3 NO) - AC-3 - <= 440 V 32 A - 24 V DC coil

Type CP-S, CP-C & CP-A Switch mode

ABB 1. Multifunctional three-phase monitoring relays. CM-MPS.11, CM-MPS-21, CM-MPS.31 and CM-MPS.41 Data sheet. Features. Approvals. Marks.

C 1. SPECTRONIC SP - Air circuit breakers. Summary. C.3 General characteristics. C.4 Fixed circuit breaker. C.5 Withdrawable circuit breakers

Btdin RCD Add-on modules 63A for MCBs 1,5 modules per pole

Switching power supplies CP range, Linear power supplies CP-L range. Content

Electrical Protection System Design and Operation

T/3000 T/3000. Substation Maintenance and Commissioning Test Equipment

CM-MPS.11, CM-MPS-21, CM-MPS.31 and CM-MPS.41 Data sheet. UL 508, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14 GL GOST CB scheme CCC

Motor-protective circuit-breaker, 3p, Ir=40-50A, screw connection. Product range PKZM4 motor protective circuit-breakers up to 65 A

Block Contactors. Contents. Panorama 3-pole Contactors... 2/2 4-pole Contactors... 2/4

Components for Marine applications

TSX Series. Modicon Manuals. Presented by: Modicon PLC. Schneider Electric Quantum Modicon Gould Gettys

Electronic Circuit Breaker ESS20-0..

10/2 Product overview. 10/3 4AC3 0, 4AC3 1 bell transformers. 10/5 4AC AC3 6 transformers for permanent loads. 10/8 4AC2 4 power supply units

Capacitor Switching Contactors

ABB NEW. Multifunctional three-phase monitoring relays. CM-MPS.23 and CM-MPS.43 Data sheet. Features J. Approvals. Marks.

DS10000ULFS-10V/10kA

SIRCO M UL98 Load break switches standards UL and CSA 30 to 100 A

C20.en. Power contactors for AC and DC CT1115 and CT1130. Connect - Contact - Control

LC1D25BL TeSys D contactor - 3P(3 NO) - AC-3 - <= 440 V 25 A - 24 V DC coil

MCCBs and trip-free switches x160

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index. Capacitor Switching - 2 Contactors. Typical Circuit Diagram 2. Auxiliary Contact Blocks 2. Contactors 3. Dimensions 3. Technical Data 4,5,6

PHOENIX CONTACT

isw switches Control Local control IEC/EN , isw switch with indicator light. IEC/EN , isw switch without indicator light.

Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45

CDV 22, 62. Voltage Controlled Overcurrent Relay GRID PROTECTION

I -limiter The world s fastest switching device

Installation / Monitoring Technique

L O V A G. T E S T I N S T R U C T I O N I E C / E N E d C O N D I T I O N S F O R T E S T I N G

C20.en. Power contactors for AC and DC CT1115 and CT1130. Connect - Contact - Control

Micro Contactors. Micro Contactor Relays 10. Micro Contactors 11. Micro Contactors With Solder Pins 12. Coil voltages 12. Micro Reversing Contactor 13

ABB 1. Multifunctional three-phase monitoring relays. CM-MPN.52, CM-MPN.62 and CM-MPN.72 Data sheet. Features. Approvals. Marks.

ADC5000 SERIES. AC/DC Switch Mode Power Supplies and Rectifiers for Industrial and Telecom Applications. 60W, 125W and 250 W

J7M-AM/-BM. Motor--protective circuit--breaker system. J7M -BM System IEC 947, EN IEC 947, EN 60947

technical information

Use RH covers when starting with a LH feed unit or when reaching the LH board. HIGH RATING

(1,5 modules per pole)

Three-phase monitoring relays

Circuit Breakers. Excerpt from Master Catalogue. Circuit Breakers. Specifically For You

Low Voltage. Residual-current protection relays

ABB NEW. Three-phase monitoring relays. CM-PVS.31 and CM-PVS.41 Data sheet. Features J. Approvals. Marks. Order data. Order data - Accessories

Positive-guided relay outputs: 8 safety contacts (N/O), instantaneous. 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instantaneous

Coordination of LV protection devices

Stabilized Differential Relay SPAD 346. Product Guide

INTERPLANT STANDARD - STEEL INDUSTRY

Switching Devices Contactors and Contactor Assemblies for Switching Motors

MINI-PS AC/24DC/1.3

CP-T range Product group picture

VI 3 - i TABLE OF CONTENTS

Electronic Circuit Breaker with reset input ESS20-1..

Micrologic control units 2.0 E X Y Z. Overview of functions. Functions and characteristics

Current / residual current and voltage transformers. Current / residual current and voltage transformers

7P Series - Surge Protection Device (SPD) Features 7P P P

CI-tronic Analogue Power Controller ACI 30-1 and ACI 50-1

8V General information. 2 Order data 8V

Electronic Circuit Breaker ESS1 for System SVS1

ET 51 - Electrician Theory Examination Marking Schedule

Protection components


Contactors. Series C137, C163, C164, C165 Single pole contactors for battery voltages Catalogue B60.en

LR Position Switches TECHNICAL DATASHEET

FIB / FIC. r with Overcurrent Protection (RCBO) Doepke. » effi cient. » reliable. » fl exible. » future-oriented

Transcription:

Mould circ Moulded case circuit-breakers

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax Contents Power distribution circuit-breakers Technical Data... 7/6 Ordering details Reading information... 7/15 Tmax T1... 7/20 Tmax T2... 7/21 Tmax T3... 7/23 Tmax T4... 7/24 Tmax T5... 7/27 Tmax T6... 7/29 Tmax T7... 7/31 Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity Technical Data... 7/35 Ordering details Tmax T4, T5, T6... 7/36 Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Technical Data... 7/37 Ordering details Tmax T4... 7/39 Tmax T5... 7/40 Tmax T6... 7/43 Switch disconnectors Technical Data... 7/44 Ordering details Tmax T1, T3, T4, T5... 7/46 Tmax T6, T7... 7/47 MCCBs Breaking units... 7/49 Trip units... 7/51 Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fixed parts... 7/54 Accessories... 7/58 Dimensional details Fixed circuit-breakers... 7/74 Plug-in circuit-breakers... 7/99 Withdrawable circuit-breakers... 7/111 Circuit-breakers with RC221/RC222 residual current release... 7/120 Accessories... 7/127 Distance to be respected... 7/149 7/1

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - General The moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax family is now available as a complete range up to 1600 A. All the circuit-breakers, both three-pole and four-pole, are available in the fi xed version; the sizes T2, T3, T4 and T5 in the plug-in version and T4, T5, T6 and T7 in the withdrawable one as well. With the same frame size, the circuit-breakers in the Tmax family, are available with different breaking capacities and different rated uninterrupted currents. 1SDC210014F0001 7/2

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - General The electric arc interruption system used on the Tmax circuit-breakers allows the short-circuit currents of very high value to be interrupted extremely rapidly. The considerable opening speed of the contacts, the dynamic blasting action carried out by the magnetic fi eld and the structure of the arcing chamber contribute to extinguishing the arc in the shortest possible time, notably limiting the value of the specifi c let-through energy I 2 t and the current peak. 1SDC210015F0001 MCCBs 7/3

Overview of the Tmax family Circuit-breakers for AC-DC distribution T1 1p T1 Iu [A] 160 160 In [A] 16 160 16 160 Poles [Nr] 1 3/4 Ue [V] (AC) 50-60 Hz 240 690 [V] (DC) 125 500 Icu (380-415 V AC) [ka] B 25* (220/230 V AC) 16 [ka] C 25 [ka] N 36 [ka] S [ka] H [ka] L [ka] V Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity Iu [A] Poles [Nr] Ue [V] (AC) 50-60 Hz EFDP zone selectivity ZS zone selectivity Circuit-breakers for motor protection Iu [A] Poles [Nr] Ue [V] (AC) 50-60 Hz Magnetic only trip unit, IEC 60947-2 PR221DS-I trip unit, IEC 60947-2 PR222MP trip unit, IEC 60947-4-1 PR231/P-I trip unit, IEC 60947-2 Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Iu [A] Poles [Nr] Icu max [KA] 1000 V AC [KA] 1150 V AC [KA] 1000 V DC 4 poles in series Switch-disconnectors T1D Ith [A] 160 Ie [A] 125 Poles [Nr] 3/4 Ue [V] (AC) 50-60 Hz 690 [V] (DC) 500 Icm [ka] 2.8 Icw [ka] 2 * For In 16 A and In 20 A: Icu @ 220/230 V AC = 16 ka Note: The moulded case circuit-breakers are also available in the versions according to UL Standards (see catalogue Moulded case circuit-breakers - UL 489 and CSA C22.2 Standard ). 7/4

T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 160 250 250/320 400/630 630/800/1000 800/1000/1250/1600 1.6 160 63 250 20 320 320 630 630...1000 200...1600 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 690 690 690 690 690 690 500 500 750 750 750 36 36 36 36 36 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 70 85 120 120 100 120 200 200 150 T4 T5 T6 T7 250/320 400/630 630/800 800/1000/1250/1600 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 690 690 690 690 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 160 250 250/320 400/630 800 800/1000/1250 3 3 3 3 3 3 690 690 690 690 690 690 MCCBs T4 T5 T6 250 400/630 630/800 3/4 3/4 3/4 20 20 12 12 12 40 40 40 T3D T4D T5D T6D T7D 250 250/320 400/630 630/800/1000 1000/1250/1600 200 250/320 400/630 630/800/1000 1000/1250/1600 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 690 690 690 690 690 500 750 750 750 750 5.3 5.3 11 30 52.2 3.6 3.6 6 15 20 7/5

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Technical Data 7/6 Tmax T1 1P Tmax T1 Tmax T2 Rated uninterrupted current, Iu [A] 160 160 160 Poles [Nr] 1 3/4 3/4 Rated service current, Ue (AC) 50-60 Hz [V] 240 690 690 (DC) [V] 125 500 500 Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp [kv] 8 8 8 Rated insulation voltage, Ui [V] 500 800 800 Test voltage at industrial frequency for 1 min. [V] 3000 3000 3000 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu B B C N N S H L (AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V [ka] 25* 25 40 50 65 85 100 120 (AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V [ka] 16 25 36 36 50 70 85 (AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V [ka] 10 15 22 30 45 55 75 (AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V [ka] 8 10 15 25 30 36 50 (AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V [ka] 3 4 6 6 7 8 10 (DC) 250 V - 2 poles in series [ka] 25 (at 125 V) 16 25 36 36 50 70 85 (DC) 250 V - 3 poles in series [ka] 20 30 40 40 55 85 100 (DC) 500 V - 2 poles in series [ka] (DC) 500 V - 3 poles in series [ka] 16 25 36 36 50 70 85 (DC) 750 V - 3 poles in series [ka] Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics (AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V [%Icu] 75% 100% 75% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% (AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V [%Icu] 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 75% (70 ka) (AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V [%Icu] 100% 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 75% (AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V [%Icu] 100% 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 75% (AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V [%Icu] 100% 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 75% Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm (AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V [ka] 52.5 52.5 84 105 143 187 220 264 (AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V [ka] 32 52.5 75.6 75.6 105 154 187 (AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V [ka] 17 30 46.2 63 94.5 121 165 (AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V [ka] 13.6 17 30 52.5 63 75.6 105 (AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V [ka] 4.3 5.9 9.2 9.2 11.9 13.6 17 Opening time (415 V) [ms] 7 7 6 5 3 3 3 3 Utilisation category (IEC 60947-2) A A A Reference Standard IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 Isolation behaviour Trip units: thermomagnetic T fi xed, M fi xed TMF T adjustable, M fi xed TMD T adjustable, M adjustable (5 10 x In) TMA T adjustable, M fi xed (3 x In) TMG (8) T adjustable, M adjustable (2.5 5 x In) TMG magnetic only MA (MF up to In 12.5 A) electronic PR221DS PR222DS PR223DS PR231/P PR232/P PR331/P PR332/P Interchangeability Versions F F F-P Terminals fi xed FC Cu FC Cu-EF-FC CuAl-HR F-FC Cu-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R plug-in F-FC Cu-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R withdrawable Fixing on DIN rail DIN EN 50022 DIN EN 50022 Mechanical life [No. operations] 25000 25000 25000 [No. Hourly operations] 240 240 240 Electrical life @ 415 V AC [No. operations] 8000 8000 8000 [No. Hourly operations] 120 120 120 Basic dimensions - fi xed version 3 poles W [mm] 25.4 (1 pole) 76 90 4 poles W [mm] 102 120 D [mm] 70 70 70 H [mm] 130 130 130 Weight fi xed 3/4 poles [kg] 0.4 (1 pole) 0.9/1.2 1.1/1.5 plug-in 3/4 poles [kg] 1.5/1.9 withdrawable 3/4 poles [kg] TERMINAL CAPTION F = Front EF = Front extended ES = Front extended spread FC Cu = Front for copper cables FC CuAl = Front for copper-aluminium cables R = Rear orientated HR = Rear fl at horizontal VR = Rear fl at vertical HR/VR = Rear fl at orientated MC = Multicable F = fi xed circuit-breakers P = plug-in circuit-breakers W = withdrawable circuit-breakers (*) The breaking capacity for settings In=16 A and In=20 A is 16 ka

Tmax T3 Tmax T4 Tmax T5 Tmax T6 Tmax T7 250 250/320 400/630 630/800/1000 800/1000/1250/1600 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 690 690 690 690 690 500 750 750 750 8 8 8 8 8 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 3000 3500 3500 3500 3500 N S N S H L V N S H L V N S H L S H L V (6) 50 85 70 85 100 200 200 70 85 100 200 200 70 85 100 200 85 100 200 200 36 50 36 50 70 120 200 36 50 70 120 200 36 50 70 100 50 70 120 150 25 40 30 40 65 100 180 30 40 65 100 180 30 45 50 80 50 65 100 130 20 30 25 30 50 85 150 25 30 50 85 150 25 35 50 65 40 50 85 100 5 8 20 25 40 70 80 20 25 40 70 80 20 22 25 30 30 42 50 60 36 50 36 50 70 100 150 36 50 70 100 150 36 50 70 100 40 55 25 36 50 70 100 25 36 50 70 100 20 35 50 65 36 50 16 25 36 50 70 16 25 36 50 70 16 20 36 50 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 50% (27 ka) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% (1) 100% (2) 100% 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 75% 100% 75% 50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% (1) 100% (2) 100% (2) 75% 75% 75% 75% 100% 75% 75% 75% 105 187 154 187 220 440 660 154 187 220 440 660 154 187 220 440 187 220 440 440 75.6 105 75.6 105 154 264 440 75.6 105 154 264 440 75.6 105 154 220 105 154 264 330 52.5 84 63 84 143 220 396 63 84 143 220 396 63 94.5 105 176 105 143 220 286 40 63 52.5 63 105 187 330 52.5 63 105 187 330 52.5 73.5 105 143 84 105 187 220 7.7 13.6 40 52.5 84 154 176 40 52.5 84 154 176 40 48.4 55 66 63 88.2 105 132 7 6 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 10 9 8 7 15 10 8 8 A A B (400 A) (3) - A (630 A) B (630A - 800A) (5) - A (1000A) B (7) IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 (up to 50 A) (up to 250 A) (up to 500 A) (up to 800 A) (4) (up to 500 A) F-P F-P-W F-P-W F-W (4) F-W F-FC Cu-FC Cu Al-EF-ES-R F-FC Cu-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R-MC F-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R-RC F-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R F-EF-ES-FC CuAl-HR/VR F-FC Cu-FC Cu Al-EF-ES-R EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl EF-HR-VR F-HR/VR DIN EN 50022 25000 20000 20000 20000 10000 240 240 120 120 60 8000 8000 (250 A) - 6000 (320 A) 7000 (400 A) - 5000 (630 A) 7000 (630A) - 5000 (800A) - 4000 (1000A) 2000 (S, H, L versions) / 3000 (V version) 120 120 60 60 60 105 105 140 210 210 140 140 184 280 280 70 103.5 103.5 103.5 154 (manual) /178 (motorizable) 150 205 205 268 268 1.5/2 2.35/3.05 3.25/4.15 9.5/12 9.7/12.5 (manual) - 11/14 (motorizable) 2.7/3.7 3.6/4.65 5.15/6.65 3.85/4.9 5.4/6.9 12.1/15.1 29.7/39.6 (manual) - 32/42.6(motorizable) (1) 75% for T5 630 (2) 50% for T5 630 (3) Icw = 5 ka (4) W version is not available on T6 1000 A (5) Icw = 7.6 ka (630 A) - 10 ka (800 A) (6) Only for T7 800/1000/1250 A (7) Icw = 20 ka (S,H,L versions) - 15 ka (V version) (8) For availability, please ask ABB Notes: In the plug-in version of T2, T3 and T5 630 and in the withdrawable version of T5 630 the maximum rated current available is derated by 10% at 40 C MCCBs 7/7

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Technical Data The series of Tmax moulded-case circuit-breakers - complying with the IEC 60947-2 Standard - is divided into seven basic sizes, with an application range from 1 A to 1600 A and breaking capacities from 16 ka to 200 ka (at 380/415 V AC). For protection of alternating current networks, the following are available: T1B 1p circuit-breaker, equipped with TMF thermomagnetic trip units with fi xed thermal and magnetic threshold (I 3 = 10 x In); T1, T2, T3 and T4 (up to 50 A) circuit-breakers equipped with TMD thermomagnetic trip units with adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and fi xed magnetic threshold (I 3 = 10 x In); T2, T3 and T5 circuit-breakers, fi tted with TMG trip units for long cables and generator protection with adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and fi xed magnetic threshold (I 3 = 3 x In) for T2 and T3 and adjustable magnetic threshold (I 3 = 2.5 5 x In) for T5; T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers with TMA thermomagnetic trip units with adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I 3 = 5 10 x In); T2 with PR221DS electronic trip unit; T4, T5 and T6 with PR221DS, PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD and PR223DS electronic trip units; the T7 circuit-breaker, which completes the Tmax family up to 1600 A, fi tted with PR231/P, PR232/P, PR331/P and PR332/P electronic trip units. The T7 circuit-breaker is available in the two versions: with manual operating mechanism or motorizable with stored energy operating mechanism (*). The fi eld of application in alternating current of the Tmax series varies from 1 A to 1600 A with voltages up to 690 V. The Tmax T1, T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers equipped with TMF, TMD and TMA thermomagnetic trip units can also be used in direct current plants, with a range of application from 1 A to 800 A and a minimum operating voltage of 24 V DC, according to the appropriate connection diagrams. The three-pole T2, T3 and T4 circuit-breakers can also be fi tted with MF and MA adjustable magnetic only trip units, both for applications in alternating current and in direct current, in particular for motor protection. (*) For motorisation, the T7 circuit-breaker with stored energy operating mechanism must be ordered, complete with geared motor for automatic spring charging, opening coil and closing coil. Interchangeability The Tmax T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers can be equipped either with TMF, TMD, TMG or TMA thermomagnetic trip units, MA magnetic only trip units or PR221DS, PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD, PR222MP and PR223DS electronic trip units. Similarly, Tmax T7 can also mount the latest generation PR231/P, PR232/P, PR331/P (1) and PR332/P (1) electronic trip units. Trip units Circuit-breakers TMD TMA TMG In [A] 20 32 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 630 800 320 400 500 T4 250 T4 320 T5 400 T5 630 T6 630 T6 800 T6 1000 T7 800 T7 1000 T7 1250 T7 1600 = Complete circuit-breaker already coded = Circuit-breaker to be assembled (1) If ordered loose PR331/P and PR332/P must be completed with the trip unit adapters 7/8

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Technical Data Range of application of the circuit-breakers in alternating current and in direct current AC Trip unit Range [A] T1 1p 160 TMF 16 160 T1 160 TMD 16 160 T2 160 TMD 1.6 160 TMG 16 160 MF/MA 1 100 PR221DS 10 160 T3 250 TMG 63 250 TMD 63 250 MA 100 200 T4 250/320 TMD 20 50 TMA 80 250 MA 10 200 PR221DS 100 320 PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD 100 320 PR223DS 100 320 T5 400/630 TMG 320 500 TMA 320 500 PR221DS 320 630 PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD 320 630 PR223DS 320 630 T6 630/800/1000 TMA 630 800 PR221DS 630 1000 PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD 630 1000 PR223DS 630 1000 T7 800/1000/1250/1600 PR231/P-PR232/P 400 1600 PR331/P-PR332/P 400 1600 DC T1 1p 160 TMF 16 160 T1 160 TMD 16 160 T2 160 TMD 1.6 160 MF/MA 1 100 T3 250 TMD/TMG 63 250 MA 100 200 T4 250/320 TMD 20 50 TMA 80 250 MA 10 200 T5 400/630 TMA/TMG 320 500 T6 630/800/1000 TMA 630 800 MF = magnetic only trip unit with fi xed magnetic thresholds MA = magnetic only trip unit with adjustable magnetic thresholds TMF = thermomagnetic trip unit with fi xe thermal and magnetic thresholds TMD = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal and fi xedmagnetic thresholds TMA = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal and magnetic thresholds TMG = thermomagnetic trip unit for generator protection PR22_, PR23_, PR33_ = electronic trip units Thanks to their simplicity of assembly, the end customer can change the type of trip unit extremely rapidly, according to their own requirements and needs: in this case, correct assembly is the customer s responsibility. Above all, this means into increased fl exibility of use of the circuit-breakers with considerable savings in terms of costs thanks to better rationalisation of stock management. MCCBs MA PR221DS-PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD-PR223DS PR231/P (2) -PR232/P-PR331/P-PR332/P 10 25 52 80 100 125 160 200 100 160 250 320 400 630 800 1000 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 (2) Interchangeability of PR231/P can be requested by means of the dedicated ordering code 1SDA063140R1. 7/9

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Thermomagnetic trip units The Tmax T1 1p, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers can be fi tted with thermomagnetic trip units and are used in protection of alternating and direct current networks with a range of use from 1.6 A to 800 A. They allow the protection against overload with a thermal device (with fi xed threshold for T1 1p and adjustable threshold for T1, T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6) realised using the bimetal technique, and protection against short-circuit with a magnetic device (with fi xed threshold for T1, T2 and T3 and T4 up to 50 A and adjustable threshold for T4, T5 and T6). The four-pole circuit-breakers are always supplied with the neutral protected by the trip unit and with protection of the neutral at 100% of the phase setting for settings up to 100 A. For higher settings, the protection of the neutral is at 50% of the phase setting unless the protection of the neutral at 100% of In is required. Furthermore, for Tmax T2, T3 and T5, the TMG thermomagnetic trip units with low magnetic trip threshold are available. For T2 and T3 the trip unit has adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and fi xed magnetic threshold (I 3 = 3 x In), whereas for T5 the trip unit has adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I 3 = 2.5 5 x In). The thermomagnetic trip units can be used to protect long cables and for generator protection, both in direct current and in alternating current. Thermomagnetic trip units TMD e TMG (for T1, T2 and T3) Thermal threshold Adjustable from 0.7 to 1 x In 1SDC210B03F0001 1SDC210B02F0001 Thermal threshold Adjustable from 0.7 to 1 x In TMD = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and fi xed magnetic threshold (I 3 = 10 x In). TMG = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and fi xed magnetic threshold (I 3 = 3 x In). Thermomagnetic trip units TMD/TMA and TMG (for T4, T5 and T6) Thermal threshold Adjustable Thermal threshold Adjustable from 0.7 to 1 x In 1SDC210B04F0001 TMA = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I 3 = 5 10 x In) TMG (for T5) = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I 1 = 0.7 1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I 3 = 2.5 5 x In) 7/10

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Electronic trip units The Tmax T2, T4, T5, T6 and T7 circuit-breakers, for use in alternating current, can be equipped with overcurrent releases constructed using electronic technology. This allows protection functions to be obtained which guarantee high reliability, tripping precision and insensitivity to temperature and to the electromagnetic components in conformity with the standards on the matter. The power supply needed for correct operation is supplied directly by the current sensors of the release, and tripping is always guaranteed, even under single-phase load conditions and in correspondence with the minimum setting. Characteristics of the Tmax electronic trip units Operating temperature -25 C +70 C Relative humidity 98% Self-supply 0.2 x In (single phase) Auxiliary power supply (where applicable) 24 V DC Operating frequency 45 66 Hz Electromagnetic compatibility (LF and HF) IEC 60947-2 Annex F For Tmax T2, T4, T5 and T6 the protection trip unit consists of: 3 or 4 current sensors (current transformers) external current sensors (e.g. for the external neutral), when available a trip unit a trip coil (for T2 housed in the right slot, for T4, T5 and T6 integrated in the electronic trip unit). For Tmax T7 the protection trip unit consists of: 3 or 4 current sensors (Rogowski coils and current transformers) external current sensors (e.g. for the external neutral) interchangeable rating plug a trip unit a trip coil housed in the body of the circuit-breaker. Rating plugs Circuit-breaker CS Rated current I u T7 800 1000 1250 1600 In [A] 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 The current sensors supply the electronic trip unit with the energy needed for correct operation of the trip unit and the signal needed to detect the current. The current sensors are available with rated primary current as shown in the table. MCCBs Current sensors In [A] 10 25 63 100 160 250 320 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 PR221DS T2 T4 T5 T6 PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD, T4 PR223DS T5 T6 PR231/P, PR232/P, PR331/P, PR332/P T7 When a protection function trips, the circuit-breaker opens by means of the trip coil, which changes over a contact (AUX-SA, supplied on request, see chapter Accessories at page 3/20 and following) to signal trip unit tripped. Signalling reset is of mechanical type and takes place with resetting of the circuit-breaker. 7/11

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Electronic trip units Basic protection functions (L) Protection against overload This protection function trips when there is an overload with inverse long-time delay trip according to the IEC 60947-2 Standard (I 2 t=k). The protection cannot be excluded. (S) Protection against short-circuit with time delay This protection function trips when there is a short-circuit, with long inverse time-delay trip (I 2 t=k ON) or a constant trip time (I 2 t=k OFF). The protection can be excluded. (I) Instantaneous protection against short-circuit This protection function trips instantaneously in case of a short-circuit. The protection can be excluded. (G) Protection against earth fault The protection against earth fault trips when the vectorial sum of the currents passing through the current sensors exceeds the set threshold value, with long inverse time-delay trip (I 2 t=k ON) or a constant trip time (I 2 t=k OFF). The protection can be excluded. Advanced protection functions The PR332/P trip unit makes it possible to carry out highly developed protection against the most varied types of fault. In fact, it adds the following advanced protection functions to the basic protection functions. IEC 60255-3 (L) Protection against overload (IEC 60255-3) This protection trips in case of an overload with inverse long-time delay according to IEC 60255-3 Standard, for the coordination with fuses and MV protections. The protection can be excluded. (U) Protection against unbalanced phase The protection function against unbalanced phase U can be used in those cases where a particularly precise control is needed regarding missing and/or unbalance of the phase currents. The trip time is instantaneous. The protection can be excluded. OT Rc (OT) Protection against overtemperature The protection against overtemperature trips instantaneously when the temperature inside the trip unit exceeds 85 C, in order to prevent any temporary or continual malfunction of the microprocessor. The protection cannot be excluded. (Rc) Protection against residual current (1) This integrated protection is based on current measurements made by an external toroid and is alternative to protection against earth fault G. The protection can be excluded. ZS (ZS) Zone selectivity (2) ZS zone selectivity is an advanced method for carrying out coordination of the protections in order to reduce the trip times of the protection closest to the fault in relation to the time foreseen by time selectivity. Zone selectivity can be applied to the protection functions S and G, with constant time-delay trip. The protection can be excluded. UV OV RV (UV, OV, RV) Protections against voltage The three protections trip with a constant time-delay in the case of undervoltage, overvoltage and residual voltage respectively. The latter allows to detect interruptions of the neutral (or of the earthing conductor in systems with earthed neutral) and faults which cause movement of the star centre in systems with isolated neutral (e.g. large earth faults) to be identifi ed. Movement of the star centre is calculated by vectorially summing the phase voltages. The protections can be excluded. RP (RP) Protection against reversal of power The protection against reversal power causes tripping of the breaker, with constant time-delay trip, when the fl ow of power reverses sign and exceeds, as an absolute value, the set threshold. It is particularly suitable for protection of large machines such as generators. The protection can be excluded. UF OF (UF, OF) Protections of frequency The two protections detect the variation in network frequency above or below the adjustable thresholds, opening the circuit-breaker, with constant time-delay trip. The protection can be excluded. 7/12 (1) It is not suitable for human protection. (2) For further information about zone selectivity, please see the section: Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity.

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Electronic trip units Electronic trip units for power distribution SACE PR221DS PR221DS PR221DS Protection functions / SACE PR222DS/P PR222DS/P PR222DS/P Protection functions SACE PR222DS/PD MCCBs PR222DS/PD PR222DS/PD Protection functions SACE PR223DS PR223DS Protection functions 7/13

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Electronic trip units SACE PR231/P PR231/P PR231/P Protection functions / SACE PR232/P PR232/P Protection functions SACE PR331/P PR331/P Protection functions SACE PR332/P Protection functions Advanced protection function (*) PR332/P PR332/P PR332/P PR332/P Rc (***) (***) (***) (***) OT OT OT OT Opt. (**) UV OV RV RP UF OF UV OV RV RP UF OF UV OV RV RP UF OF UV OV RV RP UF OF (1) In alternative to Rc (with external toroid). (*) For all versions. (**) Available with PR330/V. Measurement module. (***) According to IEC 60255-3. 7/14

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - Reading information Abbreviations used to describe the apparatus F = Front terminals EF = Front extended terminals ES = Front extended spread terminals FC Cu = Front terminals for copper cables FC CuAl = Front terminals for Cu/Al cables FC CuAl = Front terminals for Cu/Al cables (housed externally) RC CuAl = Rear terminals for Cu/Al cables R = Rear terminals MC = Multi-cable terminals HR for RC221/222 = Rear flat horizontal terminals HR = Rear flat horizontal terminals VR = Rear flat vertical terminals HR/VR = Rear flat terminals I 3 In Magnetic trip current [A] Rated current of the thermomagnetic trip unit [A] Iu Icu Rated uninterrupted current of the circuit-breaker [A] Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity [A] N= 50% N= 100% Protection of the neutral at 50% or at 100% of that of the phases [A] MCCBs Icw Rated short-time withstand current for 1s TMF TMD = Thermomagnetic trip unit with fixed thermal and magnetic threshold = Thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal and fixed magnetic threshold TMA TMG = Thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal and magnetic threshold = Thermomagnetic trip unit for generator protection MF MA = Fixed magnetic only trip units = Adjustable magnetic only trip units PR22_ = Electronic trip units PR23_ = Electronic trip units PR33_ = Electronic trip units 7/15

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - Instructions for ordering Ordering Tmax circuit-breakers fi tted with the accessories indicated in the catalogue means that these must be indicated by means of the relative sales codes expressly associated with the circuitbreaker code. The following examples are of particular importance for correctly loading orders for Tmax circuit-breakers fi tted with accessories. 1) Terminal Kit for fixed circuit-breaker To fi t the circuit-breaker with different terminal accessories than those supplied on the basic circuitbreaker, it is possible to ask for complete kits (6 or 8 pieces) or half kits (3 or 4 pieces). For conversion of a complete circuit-breaker, it is necessary to specify the complete terminal kit. In the case of a mixed solution, the fi rst code specifi ed indicates the terminals to be mounted at the top, the second indicates the terminals to be mounted at the bottom. On the other hand, when only 3 or 4 pieces are requested, it is important to specify expressly whether the half kit is to be mounted at the top (*) rather than at the bottom (**). a) Tmax T3N 250 with top FC Cu and bottom F terminals 1SDA...R1 T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F 051241 1/2 KIT FC Cu T3 3p (*) 051482 c) Tmax T3N 250 with top F and bottom FC Cu terminals 1SDA...R1 T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F 051241 1/2 KIT FC Cu T3 3p (**) 051482 d) Tmax T3N 250 with FC Cu terminals 1SDA...R1 T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F 051241 1 KIT FC Cu T3 3p 051480 e) Tmax T3N 250 with top ES and FC Cu bottom terminals 1SDA...R1 T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F 051241 1/2 KIT ES T3 3p (*) 051494 1/2 KIT FC Cu T3 3p (**) 051482 2) T2-T3 electrical accessories on moving part of plug-in circuit-breaker Fitting the moving parts of plug-in T2-T3 circuit-breakers with SOR, UVR and AUX and with SOR-C, UVR-C and AUX-C accessories always requires the appropriate plug-socket indicated in the catalogue. a) Tmax T2N 160 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts 1SDA...R1 T2N 160 F F TMD 10 4p 050970 Kit P MP T2 4p 051412 AUX 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 051368 socket-plug connectors 6 pole 051363 b) Tmax T2N 160 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts and opening coil 1SDA...R1 T2N 160 F F TMD 10 4p 050970 Kit P MP T2 4p 051412 AUX 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 051369 SOR 220...240 V AC / 220...250 V DC 051336 socket-plug connectors 6 pole 051363 socket-plug connectors 3 pole 051364 7/16

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - Instructions for ordering 3) T4-T5 electrical accessories on moving part of plug-in circuit-breaker Fitting the moving parts of plug-in T4-T5 circuit-breakers with SOR, UVR and AUX accessories always requires the appropriate plug-sockets, i.e. in the case of cabled electrical accessories SOR-C, UVR-C, AUX-C, MOE, MOE-E and AUE, the ADP adapters indicated in the catalogue. a) Tmax T4H 250 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts 1SDA...R1 T4L 250 F F P221DS-LS/I 100 4p 054081 Kit P MP T4 4p 054840 AUX 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 051369 socket-plug connectors 12 pole 051362 b) Tmax T4H 250 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with cabled auxiliary contacts 1SDA...R1 T4L 250 F F P221DS-LS/I 100 4p 054081 Kit P MP T4 4p 054840 AUX-C 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 054911 ADP 12 pin adapter 054923 c) Tmax T5H 630 moving part of plug-in circuit-breaker with SOR-C, MOE and AUX-C 1SDA...R1 T4L 250 F F P221DS-LS/I 100 4p 054081 Kit P MP T4 4p 054840 SOR-C 220..240 V AC 220...250V DC 054873 MOE T4-T5 220...250 V AC/DC 054897 ADP 10 pin adapter 054924 AU-C 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 054910 ADP 6 pin adapter 054922 4) T4-T5 electrical accessories on moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker Fitting the moving parts of T4-T5 withdrawable circuit-breakers can only take place using electrical accessories in the cabled version, i.e. SOR-C, UVR-C, AUX-C, MOE, MOE-E and AUE with ADP adapter. a) Tmax T5V 630 moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker with UVR-C and MOE 1SDA...R1 T5V 630 F F TMA 500 4p N=100% 054495 Kit W MP T5 630 4p 054850 UVR-C 24...30 V AC/DC 054887 MOE T4-T5 24 V DC 054894 ADP 10 pin adapter 054924 MCCBs b) Tmax T4S 250 moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker SOR-C, RHE and AUE 1SDA...R1 T4S 250 PR221DS-LS/I 100 4p F F 054033 KIT W MP T4 4p 054842 RHE normal for withdrawable circuit-breaker 054933 AUE 2 early contacts 054925 SOR-C 220...240 V AC / 220...250 V DC 054873 ADP 10 pin adapter 054924 7/17

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - Instructions for ordering 5) Rear mechanical interlock T3 The rear MIR interlock for T3 allows all the accessories to be used. To be able to take the circuitbreakers and/or the fi xed parts mounted directly on the interlocking plate, it is necessary to use code 1SDA050093R1 to be specifi ed regarding the second circuit-breaker (or fi xed part) to be interlocked. Horizontal mechanical interlock made between two T3S 250 1SDA...R1 POS1 T3S 250 TMD 200 4p FF 051305 MIR-H rear mechanical interlock for T3 063324 POS2 T3S 250 TMD 160 4p FF 051304 Extra code for circuit-breaker/fi xed part mounted on the interlock 050093 6) T4-T5 mechanical interlock The rear interlock for T4 and T5, consisting of the MIR-HB or MIR-VB frame unit and the MIR-P plates, allows use of all the front accessories compatible with the circuit-breakers used. To be able to receive the circuit-breakers mounted directly on the interlock plate, code 1SDA050093R1 must be specifi ed regarding the second circuit-breaker (or fi xed part) which is to be interlocked. Horizontal mechanical interlock made between T4H 320 and T5L 630 1SDA...R1 POS1 T4H 320 PR221DS-LS/I 320 4p F F 054137 MIR-HB horizontal interlock frame unit 054946 MIR-P plates for type B interlock 054949 POS2 T5L 630 PR221DS-LS/I 630 4p F F 054424 Code for circuit-breakers mounted on the plate 050093 7) PR222DS/PD T4-T5 The T4 and T5 circuit-breakers can be fi tted with the PR222DS/PD electronic trip unit, with communication and integrated control functions, using the special extracodes indicated in the catalogue. The circuit-breakers fi tted with the PR222DS/PD trip unit can only have the AUX-E electronic version of auxiliary contacts mounted, to communicate the state of the circuit-breaker to the PR222DS/PD, and the MOE-E dedicated stored energy operating mechanism, to remotely control circuit-breaker opening and closing. a) T4V 250 with dialogue, auxiliary contacts and motor operator 1SDA...R1 T4V 250 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 250 3p F F 054104 Extracode - Dialogue unit for LSIG 055067 AUX-E-C 1Q 1SY 054916 MOE-E T4-T5 380 V AC 054903 X3 for PR222DS/P/PD T4-T5 F 055059 b) T4V 250 moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker with dialogue, auxiliary contacts and motor operator 1SDA...R1 T4V 250 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 250 3p F F 054104 Extracode - Dialogue unit for LSIG 055067 Kit W MP T4 054841 AUX-E-C 1Q 1SY 054916 ADP - 6 pin adapter 054922 MOE-E T4-T5 380 V AC 054903 ADP 10 pin adapter 054924 X3 for PR222DS/P/PD T4-T5 P/W 055061 7/18

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - Instructions for ordering 8) Rating plug for Tmax T7 Thanks to the extra codes for the Tmax T7 rating plug, it is possible to ask for a Tmax T7 circuitbreaker with lower rated current than the standard versions. T7S 400 with PR332/P LSIG lever operating mechanism 1SDA...R1 T7S 800 PR332/P-LSIG In=800 3p F F 061968 Extra code for 400 A rating plug 063153 9) Sliding contacts for Tmax T7 in version withdrawable The electrical accessories of Tmax T7 in the withdrawable version must be fi tted with suitable sliding contacts for the moving part and for the fi xed part. (a) T7S 1000 PR231/P with lever operating mechanism in withdrawable version, opening coil and auxiliary contacts 1SDA...R1 POS1 T7S 1000 PR231/P LS/I In=1000A 3p F F 062738 Kit MP T7-T7M W 3p 062162 SOR 220 250 V AC/DC Opening coil 062070 AUX 1Q + 1SY Auxiliary contacts 062104 Right PM sliding block 062166 POS2 Fixed part for withdrawable T7 062045 Right PF sliding block 062169 (b) T7S 1250 PR332/P with lever operating mechanism in withdrawable version and undervoltage release 1SDA...R1 POS1 T7S 1250 PR332/P LSIG In=1250A 3p F F 062871 Kit MP T7-T7M W 3p 062162 UVR 220 250 V AC/DC Undervoltage release 062092 Right PM sliding block 062166 Central PM sliding block 062165 POS2 Fixed part for withdrawable T7 062045 Right PF sliding block 062169 Central PF sliding block 062168 MCCBs 10) Interchangeability of the PR231/P trip unit for Tmax T7 Interchangeable T7S 800 PR231/P, with lever operating mechanism T7S 800 PR231/P LS/I In=800 A 4p F F 061973 Extra code for PR231/P interchangeability 063155 11) Motorisation for Tmax T7 For Tmax T7 motorisation, the circuit-breaker in T7M version which can be motorised, must be fi tted with spring charging geared motor, opening coil and closing coil. Motorised T7S 1000 PR232/P T7S 1000 M PR232/P LSI In=1000 A 4p F F 062763 220 250 V AC/DC Spring charging geared motor 062116 SOR 220 250 V AC/DC Opening coil 062070 220 250 V AC/DC Closing coil 062081 7/19

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T1 T1 1p 160 Fixed (F) 1 Pole - Iu (40 C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) 1SDC210180F0004 In I 3 1SDA... R1 B Thermomagnetic trip unit with fixed thresholds - TMF Icu (230 V) 25 ka 16 500 052616 20 500 052617 25 500 052618 32 500 052619 40 500 052620 50 500 052621 63 630 052622 80 800 052623 100 1000 052624 125 1250 052625 160 1600 052626 T1 160 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) 1SDC210302F0004 In I 3 1SDA... R1 B C N Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD Icu (415 V) 16 ka 25 ka 36 ka 16 500 063514 630 050870 20 500 063515 630 050871 25 500 063516 063526 630 050872 050894 32 500 063517 063527 050917 630 050873 050895 40 500 063518 063528 050918 630 050874 050896 50 500 063519 063529 050919 630 050875 050897 63 630 050876 050898 050920 80 800 050877 050899 050921 100 1000 050878 050900 050922 125 1250 050879 050901 050923 160 1600 050880 050902 050924 T1 160 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In I 3 1SDA... R1 B C N Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD Icu (415 V) 16 ka 25 ka 36 ka 16 500 063520 630 050881 20 500 063521 630 050882 25 500 063522 063530 630 050883 050905 32 500 063523 063531 050928 630 050884 050906 40 500 063524 062532 050929 630 050885 050907 50 500 063525 063533 050930 630 050886 050908 63 630 050887 050909 050931 80 800 050888 050910 050932 100 1000 050889 050911 050933 125 1250 050890 050912 050934 N=50% 160 1600 050891 050913 050935 N=100% 160 1600 050936 050937 050938 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/20

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T2 1SDC210303F0004 T2 160 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 160 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 85 ka 1.6 16 050940 050984 051028 051072 2 20 050941 050985 051029 051073 2.5 25 050942 050986 051030 051074 3.2 32 050943 050987 051031 051075 4 40 050944 050988 051032 051076 5 50 050945 050989 051033 051077 6.3 63 050946 050990 051034 051078 8 80 050947 050991 051035 051079 10 100 050948 050992 051036 051080 12.5 125 050949 050993 051037 051081 16 500 050950 050994 051038 051082 20 500 050951 050995 051039 051083 25 500 050952 050996 051040 051084 32 500 050953 050997 051041 051085 40 500 050954 050998 051042 051086 50 500 050955 050999 051043 051087 63 630 050956 051000 051044 051088 80 800 050957 051001 051045 051089 100 1000 050958 051002 051046 051090 125 1250 050959 051003 051047 051091 160 1600 050960 051004 051048 051092 In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S Thermomagnetic trip unit for generator protection - TMG (1) Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 16 160 061866 061882 25 160 061867 061883 40 200 061868 061884 63 200 061869 061885 80 240 061870 061886 100 300 061871 061887 125 375 061872 061888 160 480 061873 061889 MCCBs In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 85 ka PR221DS-LS/I 10 051123 051133 051143 051153 PR221DS-LS/I 25 051124 051134 051144 051154 PR221DS-LS/I 63 051125 051135 051145 051155 PR221DS-LS/I 100 051126 051136 051146 051156 PR221DS-LS/I 160 051127 051137 051147 051157 PR221DS-I 10 051163 051174 051184 051194 PR221DS-I 25 051164 051175 051185 051195 PR221DS-I 63 051165 051176 051186 051196 PR221DS-I 100 051166 051177 051187 051197 PR221DS-I 160 051168 051178 051188 051198 Note: The trip coil of the T2 circuit-breaker with PR221DS electronic trip unit is housed in the right slot. For T2 with PR221DS the following groups of auxiliary contacts are available: 1SDA053704R1 Aux-C 1S51-1Q-1SY 1SDA055504R1 Aux-C 2Q-1SY (1) For availability, please ask ABB see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/21

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T2 1SDC210303F0004 T2 160 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 160 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 85 ka 1.6 16 050962 051006 051050 051094 2 20 050963 051007 051051 051095 2.5 25 050964 051008 051052 051096 3.2 32 050965 051009 051053 051097 4 40 050966 051010 051054 051098 5 50 050967 051011 051055 051099 6.3 63 050968 051012 051056 051100 8 80 050969 051013 051057 051101 10 100 050970 051014 051058 051102 12.5 125 050971 051015 051059 051103 16 500 050972 051016 051060 051104 20 500 050973 051017 051061 051105 25 500 050974 051018 051062 051106 32 500 050975 051019 051063 051107 40 500 050976 051020 051064 051108 50 500 050977 051021 051065 051109 63 630 050978 051022 051066 051110 80 800 050979 051023 051067 051111 100 1000 050980 051024 051068 051112 N=50% 125 1250 050981 051025 051069 051113 N=50% 160 1600 050982 051026 051070 051114 N=100% 125 1250 051115 051117 051119 051121 N=100% 160 1600 051116 051118 051120 051122 In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S Thermomagnetic trip unit for generator protection - TMG (1) Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 16 160 061874 061890 25 160 061875 061891 40 200 061876 061892 63 200 061877 061893 80 240 061878 061894 100 300 061879 061895 125 375 061880 061896 160 480 061881 061897 In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 85 ka PR221DS-LS/I 10 051128 051138 051148 051158 PR221DS-LS/I 25 051129 051139 051149 051159 PR221DS-LS/I 63 051130 051140 051150 051160 PR221DS-LS/I 100 051131 051141 051151 051161 PR221DS-LS/I 160 N=50% 051132 051142 051152 051162 PR221DS-LS/I 160 N=100% 051613 051614 051615 051616 PR221DS-I 10 051169 051179 051189 051199 PR221DS-I 25 051170 051180 051190 051200 PR221DS-I 63 051171 051181 051191 051201 PR221DS-I 100 051172 051182 051192 051202 PR221DS-I 160 N=50% 051173 051183 051193 051203 PR221DS-I 160 N=100% 051617 051618 051619 051620 Note: The trip coil of the T2 circuit-breaker with PR221DS electronic trip unit is housed in the right slot. For T2 with PR221DS the following groups of auxiliary contacts are available: 1SDA053704R1 Aux-C 1S51-1Q-1SY 1SDA055504R1 Aux-C 2Q-1SY (1) For availability, please ask ABB see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/22

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T3 T3 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDC210304F0004 In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 63 630 051241 051263 80 800 051242 051264 100 1000 051243 051265 125 1250 051244 051266 160 1600 051245 051267 200 2000 051246 051268 250 2500 051247 051269 In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S Thermomagnetic trip unit for generator protection - TMG Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 63 400 055105 055119 80 400 055106 055120 100 400 055107 055121 125 400 055108 055122 160 480 055109 055123 200 600 055110 055124 250 750 055111 055125 T3 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 63 630 051252 051274 80 800 051253 051275 100 1000 051254 051276 N=50% 125 1250 051255 051277 N=50% 160 1600 051256 051278 N=50% 200 2000 051257 051279 N=50% 250 2500 051258 051280 N=100% 125 1250 051303 051307 N=100% 160 1600 051304 051308 N=100% 200 2000 051305 051309 N=100% 250 2500 051306 051310 MCCBs In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S Thermomagnetic trip unit for generator protection - TMG Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 63 400 055112 055126 80 400 055113 055127 100 400 055114 055128 125 400 055115 055129 160 480 055116 055130 200 600 055117 055131 250 750 055118 055132 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/23

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T4 T4 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDC210305F0004 In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L V Thermomagnetic trip unit - Icu TMD and TMA (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka 20 320 054171 054189 054207 054225 054243 32 320 054172 054190 054208 054226 054244 50 500 054173 054191 054209 054227 054245 80 400...800 054174 054192 054210 054228 054246 100 500...1000 054175 054193 054211 054229 054247 125 625...1250 054176 054194 054212 054230 054248 160 800...1600 054177 054195 054213 054231 054249 200 1000...2000 054178 054196 054214 054232 054250 250 1250...2500 054179 054197 054215 054233 054251 Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 100 053997 054021 054045 054069 054093 PR221DS-LS/I 160 053998 054022 054046 054070 054094 PR221DS-LS/I 250 053999 054023 054047 054071 054095 PR221DS-I 100 054000 054024 054048 054072 054096 PR221DS-I 160 054001 054025 054049 054073 054097 PR221DS-I 250 054002 054026 054050 054074 054098 PR222DS/P-LSI 100 054003 054027 054051 054075 054099 PR222DS/P-LSI 160 054004 054028 054052 054076 054100 PR222DS/P-LSI 250 054005 054029 054053 054077 054101 PR222DS/P-LSIG 100 054006 054030 054054 054078 054102 PR222DS/P-LSIG 160 054007 054031 054055 054079 054103 PR222DS/P-LSIG 250 054008 054032 054056 054080 054104 PR223DS 100 059489 059497 059505 059513 059521 PR223DS 160 059491 059499 059507 059515 059523 PR223DS 250 059493 059501 059509 059517 059525 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/24

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T4 T4 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDC210305F0004 In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L V Thermomagnetic trip unit - Icu TMD and TMA (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka 20 320 054180 054198 054216 054234 054252 32 320 054181 054199 054217 054235 054253 50 500 054182 054200 054218 054236 054254 80 400...800 054183 054201 054219 054237 054255 100 500...1000 054184 054202 054220 054238 054256 N=50% 125 625...1250 054185 054203 054221 054239 054257 N=50% 160 800...1600 054186 054204 054222 054240 054258 N=50% 200 1000...2000 054187 054205 054223 054241 054259 N=50% 250 1250...2500 054188 054206 054224 054242 054260 N=100% 125 625...1250 054271 054275 054279 054283 054287 N=100% 160 800...1600 054272 054276 054280 054284 054288 N=100% 200 1000...2000 054273 054277 054281 054285 054289 N=100% 250 1250...2500 054274 054278 054282 054286 054290 Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 100 054009 054033 054057 054081 054105 PR221DS-LS/I 160 054010 054034 054058 054082 054106 PR221DS-LS/I 250 054011 054035 054059 054083 054107 PR221DS-I 100 054012 054036 054060 054084 054108 PR221DS-I 160 054013 054037 054061 054085 054109 PR221DS-I 250 054014 054038 054062 054086 054110 PR222DS/P-LSI 100 054015 054039 054063 054087 054111 PR222DS/P-LSI 160 054016 054040 054064 054088 054112 PR222DS/P-LSI 250 054017 054041 054065 054089 054113 PR222DS/P-LSIG 100 054018 054042 054066 054090 054114 PR222DS/P-LSIG 160 054019 054043 054067 054091 054115 PR222DS/P-LSIG 250 054020 054044 054068 054092 054116 PR223DS 100 059490 059498 059506 059514 059522 PR223DS 160 059492 059500 059508 059516 059524 PR223DS 250 059494 059502 059510 059518 059526 MCCBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/25

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T4 T4 320 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDC210305F0004 Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 320 054117 054125 054133 054141 054149 PR221DS-I 320 054118 054126 054134 054142 054150 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 054119 054127 054135 054143 054151 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 054120 054128 054136 054144 054152 PR223DS 320 059495 059503 059511 059519 059527 T4 320 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F) Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 320 054121 054129 054137 054145 054153 PR221DS-I 320 054122 054130 054138 054146 054154 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 054123 054131 054139 054147 054155 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 054124 054132 054140 054148 054156 PR223DS 320 059496 059504 059512 059520 059528 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/26

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T5 T5 400 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka 320 1600...3200 054436 054440 054444 054448 054452 400 2000...4000 054437 054441 054445 054449 054453 1SDC210306F0004 Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 320 054316 054332 054348 054364 054380 PR221DS-LS/I 400 054317 054333 054349 054365 054381 PR221DS-I 320 054318 054334 054350 054366 054382 PR221DS-I 400 054319 054335 054351 054367 054383 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 054320 054336 054352 054368 054384 PR222DS/P-LSI 400 054321 054337 054353 054369 054385 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 054322 054338 054354 054370 054386 PR222DS/P-LSIG 400 054323 054339 054355 054371 054387 PR223DS 320 059529 059535 059541 059547 059553 PR223DS 400 059531 059537 059543 059549 059555 T5 400 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka N=50% 320 1600...3200 054438 054442 054446 054450 054454 N=50% 400 2000...4000 054439 054443 054447 054451 054455 N=100% 320 1600...3200 054477 054479 054481 054483 054485 N=100% 400 2000...4000 054478 054480 054482 054484 054486 Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 320 054324 054340 054356 054372 054388 PR221DS-LS/I 400 054325 054341 054357 054373 054389 PR221DS-I 320 054326 054342 054358 054374 054390 PR221DS-I 400 054327 054343 054359 054375 054391 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 054328 054344 054360 054376 054392 PR222DS/P-LSI 400 054329 054345 054361 054377 054393 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 054330 054346 054362 054378 054394 PR222DS/P-LSIG 400 054331 054347 054363 054379 054395 PR223DS 320 059530 059536 059542 059548 059554 PR223DS 400 059532 059538 059544 059550 059556 MCCBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/27

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T5 T5 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka 500 2500...5000 054456 054461 054465 054469 054473 1SDC210306F0004 Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 630 054396 054404 054412 054420 054428 PR221DS-I 630 054397 054405 054413 054421 054429 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 054398 054406 054414 054422 054430 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 054399 054407 054415 054423 054431 PR223DS 630 059533 059539 059545 059551 059557 T5 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka N=50% 500 2500...5000 054459 054463 054467 054471 054475 N=100% 500 2500...5000 054487 054489 054491 054493 054495 Electronic trip unit In Icu (415 V) 1SDA... R1 N S H L V 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 200 ka PR221DS-LS/I 630 054400 054408 054416 054424 054432 PR221DS-I 630 054401 054409 054417 054425 054433 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 054402 054410 054418 054426 054434 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 054403 054411 054419 054427 054435 PR223DS 630 059534 059540 059546 059552 059558 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/28

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T6 T6 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka 630 3150 6300 060202 060204 060206 060208 In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka PR221DS-LS/I 630 060226 060236 060246 060256 PR221DS-I 630 060227 060237 060247 060257 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 060228 060238 060248 060258 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 060229 060239 060249 060259 PR223DS 630 060230 060240 060250 060260 T6 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka N=50% 630 3150 6300 060203 060205 060207 060209 N=100% 630 3150 6300 060210 060211 060212 060213 In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka PR221DS-LS/I 630 060231 060241 060251 060262 PR221DS-I 630 060232 060242 060252 060263 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 060233 060243 060253 060264 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 060234 060244 060254 060265 PR223DS 630 060235 060245 060255 060266 MCCBs T6 800 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka 800 4000 8000 060214 060216 060218 060220 In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka PR221DS-LS/I 800 060268 060278 060289 060299 PR221DS-I 800 060269 060279 060290 060300 PR222DS/P-LSI 800 060270 060280 060291 060301 PR222DS/P-LSIG 800 060271 060281 060292 060302 PR223DS 800 060272 060282 060293 060303 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/29

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T6 T6 800 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 N S H L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka N=50% 800 4000 8000 060215 060217 060219 060221 N=100% 800 4000 8000 060222 060223 060224 060225 In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka PR221DS-LS/I 800 060273 060283 060294 060305 PR221DS-I 800 060274 060284 060295 060306 PR222DS/P-LSI 800 060275 060285 060296 060307 PR222DS/P-LSIG 800 060276 060286 060297 060308 PR223DS 800 060277 060287 060298 060309 T6 1000 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1000 A In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka PR221DS-LS/I 1000 060537 060547 060561 060574 PR221DS-I 1000 060538 060548 060562 060575 PR222DS/P-LSI 1000 060539 060549 060563 060576 PR222DS/P-LSIG 1000 060540 060550 060564 060577 PR223DS 1000 060541 060551 060565 060578 Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the T6 1000 A circuit-breaker. T6 1000 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1000 A In 1SDA... R1 N S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 36 ka 50 ka 70 ka 100 ka PR221DS-LS/I 1000 060542 060556 060566 060580 PR221DS-I 1000 060543 060557 060567 060581 PR222DS/P-LSI 1000 060544 060558 060568 060582 PR222DS/P-LSIG 1000 060545 060559 060569 060583 PR223DS 1000 060546 060560 060570 060584 Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the T6 1000 A circuit-breaker. see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/30

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T7 T7 800 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 800 061963 062642 062674 062706 PR231/P I 800 061962 062641 062673 062705 PR232/P LSI 800 061964 062643 062675 062707 PR331/P LSIG 800 061965 062644 062676 062708 PR332/P LI 800 061966 062645 062677 062709 PR332/P LSI 800 061967 062646 062678 062710 PR332/P LSIG 800 061968 062647 062679 062711 PR332/P LSIRc 800 061969 062648 062680 062712 T7 800 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 800 061973 062650 062682 062714 PR231/P I 800 061972 062649 062681 062713 PR232/P LSI 800 061974 062651 062683 062715 PR331/P LSIG 800 061975 062652 062684 062716 PR332/P LI 800 061976 062653 062685 062717 PR332/P LSI 800 061977 062654 062686 062718 PR332/P LSIG 800 061978 062655 062687 062719 PR332/P LSIRc 800 061979 062656 062688 062720 T7 1000 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1000 062738 062770 062802 062834 PR231/P I 1000 062737 062769 062801 062833 PR232/P LSI 1000 062739 062771 062803 062835 PR331/P LSIG 1000 062740 062772 062804 062836 PR332/P LI 1000 062741 062773 062805 062837 PR332/P LSI 1000 062742 062774 062806 062838 PR332/P LSIG 1000 062743 062775 062807 062839 PR332/P LSIRc 1000 062744 062776 062808 062840 MCCBs T7 1000 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1000 062746 062778 062810 062842 PR231/P I 1000 062745 062777 062809 062841 PR232/P LSI 1000 062747 062779 062811 062843 PR331/P LSIG 1000 062748 062780 062812 062844 PR332/P LI 1000 062749 062781 062813 062845 PR332/P LSI 1000 062750 062782 062814 062846 PR332/P LSIG 1000 062751 062783 062815 062847 PR332/P LSIRc 1000 062752 062784 062816 062848 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/31

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T7 T7 1250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1250 062866 062898 062930 062962 PR231/P I 1250 062865 062897 062929 062961 PR232/P LSI 1250 062867 062899 062931 062963 PR331/P LSIG 1250 062868 062900 062932 062964 PR332/P LI 1250 062869 062901 062933 062965 PR332/P LSI 1250 062870 062902 062934 062966 PR332/P LSIG 1250 062871 062903 062935 062967 PR332/P LSIRc 1250 062872 062904 062936 062968 T7 1250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1250 062874 062906 062938 062970 PR231/P I 1250 062873 062905 062937 062969 PR232/P LSI 1250 062875 062907 062939 062971 PR331/P LSIG 1250 062876 062908 062940 062972 PR332/P LI 1250 062877 062909 062941 062973 PR332/P LSI 1250 062878 062910 062942 062974 PR332/P LSIG 1250 062879 062911 062943 062975 PR332/P LSIRc 1250 062880 062912 062944 062976 T7 1600 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka PR231/P LS/I 1600 062994 063026 063058 PR231/P I 1600 062993 063025 063057 PR232/P LSI 1600 062995 063027 063059 PR331/P LSIG 1600 062996 063028 063060 PR332/P LI 1600 062997 063029 063061 PR332/P LSI 1600 062998 063030 063062 PR332/P LSIG 1600 062999 063031 063063 PR332/P LSIRc 1600 063000 063032 063064 T7 1600 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka PR231/P LS/I 1600 063002 063034 063066 PR231/P I 1600 063001 063033 063065 PR232/P LSI 1600 063003 063035 063067 PR331/P LSIG 1600 063004 063036 063068 PR332/P LI 1600 063005 063037 063069 PR332/P LSI 1600 063006 063038 063070 PR332/P LSIG 1600 063007 063039 063071 PR332/P LSIRc 1600 063008 063040 063072 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/32

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T7 T7 800 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 800 061981 062658 062690 062722 PR231/P I 800 061980 062657 062689 062721 PR232/P LSI 800 061982 062659 062691 062723 PR331/P LSIG 800 061983 062660 062692 062724 PR332/P LI 800 061984 062661 062693 062725 PR332/P LSI 800 061985 062662 062694 062726 PR332/P LSIG 800 061986 062663 062695 062727 PR332/P LSIRc 800 061987 062664 062696 062728 T7 800 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 800 061989 062666 062698 062730 PR231/P I 800 061988 062665 062697 062729 PR232/P LSI 800 061990 062667 062699 062731 PR331/P LSIG 800 061991 062668 062700 062732 PR332/P LI 800 061992 062669 062701 062733 PR332/P LSI 800 061993 062670 062702 062734 PR332/P LSIG 800 061994 062671 062703 062735 PR332/P LSIRc 800 061995 062672 062704 062736 T7 1000 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1000 062754 062786 062818 062850 PR231/P I 1000 062753 062785 062817 062849 PR232/P LSI 1000 062755 062787 062819 062851 PR331/P LSIG 1000 062756 062788 062820 062852 PR332/P LI 1000 062757 062789 062821 062853 PR332/P LSI 1000 062758 062790 062822 062854 PR332/P LSIG 1000 062759 062791 062823 062855 PR332/P LSIRc 1000 062760 062792 062824 062856 MCCBs T7 1000 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1000 062762 062794 062826 062858 PR231/P I 1000 062761 062793 062825 062857 PR232/P LSI 1000 062763 062795 062827 062859 PR331/P LSIG 1000 062764 062796 062828 062860 PR332/P LI 1000 062765 062797 062829 062861 PR332/P LSI 1000 062766 062798 062830 062862 PR332/P LSIG 1000 062767 062799 062831 062863 PR332/P LSIRc 1000 062768 062800 062832 062864 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/33

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers Ordering details - T7 T7 1250 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1250 062882 062914 062946 062978 PR231/P I 1250 062881 062913 062945 062977 PR232/P LSI 1250 062883 062915 062947 062979 PR331/P LSIG 1250 062884 062916 062948 062980 PR332/P LI 1250 062885 062917 062949 062981 PR332/P LSI 1250 062886 062918 062950 062982 PR332/P LSIG 1250 062887 062919 062951 062983 PR332/P LSIRc 1250 062888 062920 062952 062984 T7 1250 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L V Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka 150 ka PR231/P LS/I 1250 062890 062922 062954 062986 PR231/P I 1250 062889 062921 062953 062985 PR232/P LSI 1250 062891 062923 062955 062987 PR331/P LSIG 1250 062892 062924 062956 062988 PR332/P LI 1250 062893 062925 062957 062989 PR332/P LSI 1250 062894 062926 062958 062990 PR332/P LSIG 1250 062895 062927 062959 062991 PR332/P LSIRc 1250 062896 062928 062960 062992 T7 1600 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka PR231/P LS/I 1600 063010 063042 063074 PR231/P I 1600 063009 063041 063073 PR232/P LSI 1600 063011 063043 063075 PR331/P LSIG 1600 063012 063044 063076 PR332/P LI 1600 063013 063045 063077 PR332/P LSI 1600 063014 063046 063078 PR332/P LSIG 1600 063015 063047 063079 PR332/P LSIRc 1600 063016 063048 063080 T7 1600 M Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 S H L Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 50 ka 70 ka 120 ka PR231/P LS/I 1600 063018 063050 063082 PR231/P I 1600 063017 063049 063081 PR232/P LSI 1600 063019 063051 063083 PR331/P LSIG 1600 063020 063052 063084 PR332/P LI 1600 063021 063053 063085 PR332/P LSI 1600 063022 063054 063086 PR332/P LSIG 1600 063023 063055 063087 PR332/P LSIRc 1600 063024 063056 063088 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/34

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity Technical Data Zone selectivity T4 T5 T6 T7 Rated uninterrupted current, Iu [A] 250/320 400/630 630/800/1000 800/1000/1250/1600 Poles [Nr] 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Rated service current, Ue [V] 690 690 690 690 [V] 750 750 750 750 Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp [kv] 8 8 8 8 Rated insulation voltage, Ui [V] 1000 1000 1000 1000 Test voltage at industrial frequency for 1 min. [V] 3500 3500 3500 3500 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu L L L S H L V (1) (AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V [ka] 200 200 200 85 100 200 200 (AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V [ka] 120 120 100 50 70 120 150 (AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V [ka] 100 100 80 50 65 100 130 (AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V [ka] 85 85 65 40 50 85 100 (AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V [ka] 70 70 30 30 42 50 60 Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics (AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V [%Icu] 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% (AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V [%Icu] 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% (AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V [%Icu] 100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% (AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V [%Icu] 100% 100% (2) 75% 100% 100% 75% 100% (AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V [%Icu] 100% 100% (3) 75% 100% 75% 75% 75% Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm (AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V [ka] 440 440 440 187 220 440 440 (AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V [ka] 264 264 220 105 154 264 330 (AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V [ka] 220 220 176 105 143 220 286 (AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V [ka] 187 187 143 84 105 187 220 (AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V [ka] 154 154 66 63 88.2 105 132 Utilisation category (IEC 60947-2) A B (400A) (4) - A (630A) B (630A - 800A) (5) - A (1000A) Isolation behaviour Reference Standard IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 Trip unit: electronic PR223EF PR332/P Versions F-P-W F-P-W F-W F-W Terminals fi xed F-FC Cu-FC CuAl- EF-ES-R-MC plug-in EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl withdrawable EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl F-FC Cu-FC CuAl- EF-ES-R-MC EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl F-FC CuAl- EF-ES-R B (6) F-EF-ES-FC CuAl- HR/VR EF-HR-VR F-HR/VR Mechanical life [No. operations] 20000 20000 20000 10000 [No. Hourly operations] 240 120 120 60 Electrical life @ 415 V AC [No. operations] 8000 (250A) - 6000 (320A) 7000 (630A) - 5000 (800A) 7000 (630A) - 5000 (800A) - 4000 (1000A) 2000 (S, H, L versions) - 3000 (V version) [No. Hourly operations] 120 60 60 60 Basic dimensions - fi xed version 3 poles W [mm] 105 140 210 210 4 poles W [mm] 140 184 280 280 D [mm] 103.5 103.5 103.5 154 (manual)/178 (motorizable) H [mm] 205 205 268 268 Weight fi xed 3/4 poles [kg] 2.35/3.05 3.24/4.15 9.5/12 9.7/12.5 (manual)/ 11/14 (motorizable) plug-in 3/4 poles [kg] 3.6/4.65 5.15/6.65 withdrawable 3/4 poles [kg] 3.85/4.9 5.4/6.9 12.1/15.1 29.7/39.6 (manual)/ 32/42.6 (motorizable) MCCBs TERMINAL CAPTION EF = Front extended F = Front ES = Front extended spread R = Rear orientated MC = Multi-cable HR = Rear fl at horizontal VR = Rear fl at vertical HR/VR = Rear fl at horientated F P W = Fixed circuit-breaker = Plug-in circuit-breaker = Withdrawable circuit-breaker (1) Only for T7 800/1000/1250 A (2) 75% for T5 630 (3) 50% for T5 630 (4) Icw = 5 ka (5) Icw = 7.6 ka (630 A) - 10 ka (800 A) (6) Icw = 20 ka (S, H, L versions) - 15 ka (V version) Nota: in the plug-in/withdrawable version of T5 630 the maximum rated current is derated by 10% at 40 C. 7/35

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity Ordering details - T4, T5, T6 T4L 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 120 ka 120 ka PR223EF 100 059475 059476 PR223EF 160 059477 059478 PR223EF 250 059479 059480 T4L 320 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 120 ka 120 ka PR223EF 320 059481 059482 T5L 400 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 120 ka 120 ka PR223EF 320 059483 059484 PR223EF 400 059485 059486 T5L 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 120 ka 120 ka PR223EF 630 059487 059488 T6L 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 100 ka 100 ka PR223EF 630 060261 060267 T6L 800 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 100 ka 100 ka PR223EF 800 060304 060310 T6L 1000 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 1000 A In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit Icu (415 V) 100 ka 100 ka PR223EF 1000 060579 060585 Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker. see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/36

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Technical Data Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC The range of T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers for applications in direct current at 1000 V or in alternating current up to 1150 V also comes into the panorama of the Tmax proposals. The typical sectors of use are installations in mines, road and railway tunnels, electrical transport and industrial applications in general. The circuit-breakers are available in the three-pole and four-pole version with TMD or TMA adjustable thermomagnetic releases or with PR221DS, PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD and PR222MP electronic trip units. The dimensions of these circuit-breakers are the same as the standard one. The Tmax circuit-breakers for these applications are available in the fi xed, plug-in and withdrawable version (for which the use of the 1000 V fi xed parts supplied only by upper terminals is mandatory) and they are compatible with all the accessories except for the residual current release. Tmax T4 Tmax T5 Tmax T6 Rated uninterrupted current, Iu [A] 250 400/630 630/800 Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 Rated service voltage, Ue (AC) 50-60 Hz [V] 1000 1150 1000 1150 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp [kv] 8 8 8 Rated insulation voltage, Ui [V] 1000 1150 1000 1150 1000 Test voltage at power frequency for 1 min. [V] 3500 3500 3500 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu L V (1) L V (1) L (1) (AC) 50-60 Hz 1000 V [ka] 12 20 12 20 12 (AC) 50-60 Hz 1150 V [ka] 12 12 Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics (AC) 50-60 Hz 1000 V [ka] 12 12 10 10 6 (AC) 50-60 Hz 1150 V [ka] 6 6 Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm (AC) 50-60 Hz 1000 V [ka] 24 40 24 40 24 (AC) 50-60 Hz 1150 V [ka] 24 24 Category of use (IEC 60947-2) A B (400 A) (2) - A (630 A) B (3) Behaviour on isolation Reference Standards IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 Thermomagnetic releases TMD TMA Electronic trip units PR221DS/LS PR221DS/I PR221DS/P_LSI PR221DS/P_LSIG PR222DS/PD_LSI PR222DS/PD_LSIG PR222MP Terminals FC Cu FC Cu F - FC CuAl - R Version F, P, W F F, P, W (4) F F (5) Mechanical life [No. operations] 20000 20000 20000 [No. hourly operations] 240 120 120 Basic fi xed dimensions (6) 3 poles W [mm] 105 140 210 4 poles W [mm] 140 184 280 D [mm] 103.5 103.5 103.5 H [mm] 205 205 268 Weight fi xed 3/4 poles [kg] 2.35 / 3.05 2.35/3.05 3.25 / 4.15 3.25 / 4.15 9.5 / 12 plug-in 3/4 poles [kg] 3.6 / 4.65 5.15 / 6.65 withdrawable 3/4 poles [kg] 3.85 / 4.9 5.4 / 6.9 TERMINAL CAPTION F = Front FC Cu = Front for copper cables FC CuAl = Front for copper cables CuAl R = Rear F = Fixed circuit-breakers P = Plug-in circuit-breakers W = Withdrawable circuit-breakers (1) Power supply only from above (2) Icw = 5 ka (3) Icw = 7.6 ka (630 A) - 10 ka (800 A) (4) Tmax T5630 is only available in the fi xed version (5) For T6 in the withdrawable version, please ask ABB (6) Circuit-breaker without high terminal covers MCCBs 7/37

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Technical Data PR221DS and PR222DS for use up to 1150 V AC - Current sensor Tmax T4-T5-T6 In [A] 100 250 320 400 630 800 T4 250 T5 400 T5 630 T6 630 T6 800 Note: For the PR222MP setting, please see page 2/49 Circuit-breakers for use at 1000 V DC Tmax T4 Tmax T5 Tmax T6 Rated uninterrupted current, Iu [A] 250 400/630 630/800 Poles 4 4 4 Rated service voltage, Ue [V] 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp [kv] 8 8 8 Rated insulation voltage, Ui [V] 1150 1150 1000 Test voltage at power frequency for 1 min. [V] 3500 3500 3500 Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu V V L (DC) 4 poles in serie (1) [ka] 40 40 40 Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics (DC) 4 poles in serie (2) [ka] 20 20 Category of use (IEC 60947-2) A B (400 A) (3) - A (630 A) B (4) Behaviour on isolation Reference Standards IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2 Thermomagnetic releases TMD TMA Terminals FC Cu FC Cu F - FC CuAl - R Interchangeability Versions F F F (5) Mechanical life [No. operations] 20000 20000 20000 [No. hourly operations] 240 120 120 Basic fi xed dimensions 4 poles W [mm] 140 184 280 D [mm] 103.5 103.5 103.5 H [mm] 205 205 268 Weight fi xed 4 poles [kg] 3.05 4.15 12 TERMINAL CAPTION F = Front FC Cu = Front for copper cables FC CuAl = Front for copper cables CuAl R = Rear F = Fixed circuit-breakers (1) See the wiring diagrams on page 4/62 diagram D (2) Power supply only from above (3) Icw = 5 ka (4) Icw = 7.6 ka (630 A) - 10 ka (800 A) (5) For T6 in the withdrawable version, please ask ABB Thermomagnetic trip unit for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC - TMD and TMA In [A] 32 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 630 800 Neutral [A] - 100% 32 50 80 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 630 800 T4 250 T5 400 I 1 =0.7 1xIn T5 630 T6 630 T6 800 I 3 = 10xIn I 3 = 5...10xIn I 3 = 10 x In [A] 320 500 I 3 = 5...10 x In [A] 400...8000 500...1000 625...1250 800...1600 1000...2000 1250...2500 1600...3200 2000...4000 2500...5000 3150...6300 4000...8000 7/38

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Ordering details - T4 1SDC210244F0004 T4 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In 1SDA... R1 L V Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka 20 ka Electronic trip unit Icu (1150 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 100 054505 054513 PR221DS-I 100 054506 054514 PR222DS/P-LSI 100 054507 054515 PR222DS/P-LSIG 100 054508 054516 PR221DS-LS/I 250 054509 054517 PR221DS-I 250 054510 054518 PR222DS/P-LSI 250 054511 054519 PR222DS/P-LSIG 250 054512 054520 PR222MP 100 063434 PR222MP 160 063435 PR222MP 200 063436 T4 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In 1SDA... R1 L V Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka 20 ka Electronic trip unit Icu (1150 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 100 063418 063426 PR221DS-I 100 063419 063427 PR222DS/P-LSI 100 063420 063428 PR222DS/P-LSIG 100 063421 063429 PR221DS-LS/I 250 063422 063430 PR221DS-I 250 063423 063431 PR222DS/P-LSI 250 063424 063432 PR222DS/P-LSIG 250 063425 063433 T4 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In I 3 1SDA... R1 V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD and TMA Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1150 V AC) 20 ka 12 ka 32 320 063410 50 500 063411 80 800 063412 100 500...1000 063413 125 625...1250 063414 160 800...1600 063415 200 1000...2000 063416 250 1250...2500 063417 MCCBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/39

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Ordering details - T4, T5 1SDC210244F0004 T4 250 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD and TMA In I 3 1SDA... R1 V Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1150 V AC) Icu (1000 V DC) 20 ka 12 ka 40 ka 32 320 054497 50 500 054498 80 800 054499 100 500...1000 054500 125 625...1250 054501 160 800...1600 054502 200 1000...2000 054503 250 1250...2500 054504 1SDC210247F0004 T5 400 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In 1SDA... R1 L V Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka 20 ka Electronic trip unit Icu (1150 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 320 063477 063485 PR221DS-I 320 063478 063486 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 063479 063487 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 063480 063488 PR221DS-LS/I 400 054535 054539 PR221DS-I 400 054536 054540 PR222DS/P-LSI 400 054537 054541 PR222DS/P-LSIG 400 054538 054542 PR222MP 320 063456 PR222MP 400 063457 T5 400 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In 1SDA... R1 L V Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka 20 ka Electronic trip unit Icu (1150 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 320 063481 063489 PR221DS-I 320 063482 063490 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 063483 063491 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 063484 063492 PR221DS-LS/I 400 063440 063444 PR221DS-I 400 063441 063445 PR222DS/P-LSI 400 063442 063446 PR222DS/P-LSIG 400 063443 063447 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/40

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Ordering details - T5 T5 400 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In I 3 1SDA... R1 V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1150 V AC) 20 ka 12 ka 320 1600...3200 063437 400 2000...4000 063438 1SDC210247F0004 T5 400 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In I 3 1SDA... R1 V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1150 V AC) Icu (1000 V DC) 20 ka 12 ka 40 ka 320 1600...3200 054531 400 2000...4000 054532 MCCBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/41

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Ordering details - T5 T5 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In 1SDA... R1 L V Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka 20 ka Electronic trip unit Icu (1150 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 630 054543 054547 PR221DS-I 630 054544 054548 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 054545 054549 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 054546 054550 1SDC210247F0004 T5 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In 1SDA... R1 L V Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka 20 ka Electronic trip unit Icu (1150 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 630 063448 063452 PR221DS-I 630 063449 063453 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 063450 063454 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 063451 063455 T5 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In I 3 1SDA... R1 V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1150 V AC) 20 ka 12 ka 500 2500...5000 063439 T5 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) In I 3 1SDA... R1 V Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1150 V AC) Icu (1000 V DC) 20 ka 12 ka 40 ka 500 2500...5000 054533 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/42

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC Ordering details - T6 T6 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In L Electronic trip unit Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 630 060319 PR221DS-I 630 060320 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 060321 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 060322 1SDA... R1 T6 630 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1000 V DC) 12 ka 40 ka 630 3150 6300 060315 T6 800 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In L Electronic trip unit Icu (1000 V AC) 12 ka PR221DS-LS/I 800 060323 PR221DS-I 800 060324 PR222DS/P-LSI 800 060325 PR222DS/P-LSIG 800 060326 1SDA... R1 T6 800 Fixed (F) - Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) In I 3 1SDA... R1 L Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA Icu (1000 V AC) Icu (1000 V DC) 12 ka 40 ka 800 4000 8000 060317 MCCBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/43

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Switch disconnectors Technical Data The Tmax switch-disconnectors derive from the corresponding circuit-breakers, of which they keep the overall dimensions, versions, fi xing systems and the possibility of mounting accessories unchanged. This version only differs from the circuit-breakers in the absence of the protection trip units. They are characterised by a rated voltage of 690 V in alternating current and 750 V in direct current. Switch-disconnectors Tmax T1D Conventional thermal current, Ith [A] 160 Rated service current in category AC22, Ie [A] 160 Rated service current in category AC23, Ie [A] 125 Poles [Nr.] 3/4 Rated service voltage, Ue (AC) 50-60 Hz [V] 690 (DC) [V] 500 Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp [kv] 8 Rated insulation voltage, Ui [V] 800 Test voltage at industrial frequency for 1 minute [V] 3000 Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm (min) switch-disconnector only [ka] 2.8 (max) with circuit-breaker on supply side [ka] 187 Rated short-time withstand current for 1s, Icw [ka] 2 Reference Standard IEC 60947-3 Versions F Terminals FC Cu - EF - FC CuAl Mechanical life [No. operations] 25000 [No. Hourly operations] 120 Basic dimensions, fi xed 3 poles W [mm] 76 4 poles W [mm] 102 D [mm] 70 H [mm] 130 Weight fi xed 3/4 poles [kg] 0.9/1.2 plug-in 3/4 poles [kg] withdrawable 3/4 poles [kg] Switch-disconnector coordination T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 400 B C N N S H L N S N S H L V N S H L V Icu [ka] 16 25 36 36 50 70 85 36 50 36 50 70 120 200 36 50 70 120 200 T1D 160 16 25 36 36 50 70 85 T3D 250 36 50 36 50 T4D 320 36 50 70 120 200 T5D 400 36 50 70 120 200 T5D 630 T6D 630 T6D 800 T6D 1000 T7D 1000 T7D 1250 T7D 1600 7/44

Tmax T3D Tmax T4D Tmax T5D Tmax T6D Tmax T7D 250 250/320 400/630 630/800/1000 1000/1250/1600 250 250/320 400/630 630/800/1000 1000/1250/1600 200 250 400 630/800/800 1000/1250/1250 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 690 690 690 690 690 500 750 750 750 750 8 8 8 8 8 800 800 800 1000 1000 3000 3000 3000 3500 3000 5.3 5.3 11 30 52.5 105 440 440 440 440 3.6 3.6 6 15 20 IEC 60947-3 IEC 60947-3 IEC 60947-3 IEC 60947-3 IEC 60947-3 F - P F - P - W F - P - W F-W F-W F-FC CuAl-FC Cu- EF-ES-R F-FC CuAl-FC Cu-EF- ES-R-MC-HR-VR F-FC CuAl-FC Cu-EF- ES-R-HR-VR F-FC CuAl-EF- ES-R-RC F-EF-ES-FC CuAl HR/VR 25000 20000 20000 20000 10000 120 120 120 120 60 105 105 140 210 210 140 140 184 280 280 70 103.5 103.5 268 154(manual)/178(motorizable) 150 205 205 103.5 268 1.5/2 2.35/3.05 3.25/4.15 9.5/12 9.7/12.5(manual)/11/14(motorizable) 2.1/3.7 3.6/4.65 5.15/6.65 3.85/4.9 5.4/6.9 12.1/15.1 29.7/39.6(manual)/32/42.6(motorizable) T5 630 T6 630 T6 800 T6 1000 T7 1000 T7 1250 T7 1600 N S H L V N S H L N S H L N S H L S H L V S H L V S H L 36 50 70 120 200 36 50 65 100 36 50 65 100 36 50 65 100 50 70 120 150 50 70 120 150 50 70 120 MCCBs 36 50 70 120 200 36 50 65 100 36 50 65 100 36 50 65 100 36 50 65 100 36 50 65 100 36 50 65 100 50 70 120 150 50 70 120 150 50 70 120 50 70 120 150 50 70 120 50 70 120 7/45

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Switch disconnectors Ordering details - T1, T3, T4, T5 T1D 160 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu) 1SDA... R1 Icw 2 ka 2 ka 051325 051326 T3D 250 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 3.6 ka 3.6 ka 051327 051328 1SDC210304F0004 1SDC210302F0004 T4D 250 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 3.6 ka 3.6 ka 057172 057173 T4D 320 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDC210305F0004 1SDA... R1 Icw 3.6 ka 3.6 ka 054597 054598 T5D 400 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 6 ka 6 ka 054599 054600 T5D 630 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDC210306F0004 1SDA... R1 Icw 6 ka 6 ka 054601 054602 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/46

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Switch disconnectors Ordering details - T6, T7 T6D 630 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 15 ka 15 ka 060343 060344 T6D 800 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 15 ka 15 ka 060345 06034 T6D 1000 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 1000 A 1SDA... R1 Icw 15 ka 15 ka 060594 060595 Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker. T7D 1000 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 20 ka 20 ka 062032 062033 T7D 1250 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 20 ka 20 ka 062036 062037 MCCBs T7D 1600 Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 20 ka 20 ka 062040 062041 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/47

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Switch disconnectors Ordering details - T7 T7D 1000 M Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 20 ka 20 ka 062034 062035 T7D 1250 M Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 20 ka 20 ka 062038 062039 T7D 1600 M - Fixed (F) - Ith (40 C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F) 1SDA... R1 Icw 20 ka 20 ka 062042 062043 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/48

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Breaking units Ordering details - T4, T5 T4 250 - F = Front terminals 1SDA... R1 T4N 250 Breaking unit 054557 054562 T4S 250 Breaking unit 054558 054563 T4H 250 Breaking unit 054559 054564 T4L 250 Breaking unit 054560 054565 T4V 250 Breaking unit 054561 054566 T4 320 - F = Front terminals 1SDA... R1 T4N 320 Breaking unit 054567 054572 T4S 320 Breaking unit 054568 054573 T4H 320 Breaking unit 054569 054574 T4L 320 Breaking unit 054570 054575 T4V 320 Breaking unit 054571 054576 T5 400 - F = Front terminals 1SDA... R1 T5N 400 Breaking unit 054577 054582 T5S 400 Breaking unit 054578 054583 T5H 400 Breaking unit 054579 054584 T5L 400 Breaking unit 054580 054585 T5V 400 Breaking unit 054581 054586 T5 630 - F = Front terminals 1SDA... R1 T5N 630 Breaking unit 054587 054592 T5S 630 Breaking unit 054588 054593 T5H 630 Breaking unit 054589 054594 T5L 630 Breaking unit 054590 054595 T5V 630 Breaking unit 054591 054596 MCCBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/49

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Breaking units Ordering details - T6 T6 630 - F = Front terminals 1SDA... R1 T6N 630 Breaking unit 060327 060331 T6S 630 Breaking unit 060328 060332 T6H 630 Breaking unit 060329 060333 T6L 630 Breaking unit 060330 060334 T6 800 - F = Front terminals 1SDA... R1 T6N 800 Breaking unit 060335 060339 T6S 800 Breaking unit 060336 060340 T6H 800 Breaking unit 060337 060341 T6L 800 Breaking unit 060338 060342 T6 1000 1SDA... R1 T6N 1000 Breaking unit 060586 060590 T6S 1000 Breaking unit 060587 060591 T6H 1000 Breaking unit 060588 060592 T6L 1000 Breaking unit 060589 060593 Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker. see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/50

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Trip units Ordering details - T4 Trip units for T4 1SDC210189F0004 In I 3 1SDA... R1 Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD and TMA N= 50% N= 100% TMD 20-200 20 320 054651 054660 TMD 32-320 32 320 054652 054661 TMD 50-500 50 500 054653 054662 TMA 80-800 80 400...800 054654 054663 TMA 100-1000 100 500...1000 054655 054664 TMA 125-1250 125 625...1250 054656 054665 054671 TMA 160-1600 160 800...1600 054657 054666 054672 TMA 200-2000 200 1000 2000 054658 054667 054673 TMA 250-2500 250 1250...2500 054659 054668 054674 In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit PR221DS-LS/I 100 054603 054615 PR221DS-LS/I 160 054604 054616 PR221DS-LS/I 250 054605 054617 PR221DS-LS/I 320 054627 054631 PR221DS-I 100 054606 054618 PR221DS-I 160 054607 054619 PR221DS-I 250 054608 054620 PR221DS-I 320 054628 054632 PR222DS/P-LSI 100 054609 054621 PR222DS/P-LSI 160 054610 054622 PR222DS/P-LSI 250 054611 054623 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 054629 054633 PR222DS/P-LSIG 100 054612 054624 PR222DS/P-LSIG 160 054613 054625 PR222DS/P-LSIG 250 054614 054626 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 054630 054634 PR222DS/PD-LSI 100 054635 054641 PR222DS/PD-LSI 160 054636 054642 PR222DS/PD-LSI 250 054637 054643 PR222DS/PD-LSI 320 054647 054649 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 100 054638 054644 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 160 054639 054645 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 250 054640 054646 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 320 054648 054650 PR223DS 100 059559 059560 PR223DS 160 059561 059562 PR223DS 250 059563 059564 PR223DS 320 059565 059566 MCCBs Electronic trip unit In for motor protection 3 poles PR222MP 100 054688 PR222MP 160 054689 PR222MP 200 054690 1SDA... R1 In I 3 1SDA... R1 Magnetic only trip unit - MA N= 50% N= 100% MA 10-140 10 60 140 055077 055080 MA 25-350 25 150 350 055078 055081 MA 52-728 52 312 728 055079 055082 MA 80-1120 80 480 1120 054676 054682 MA 100-1400 100 600 1400 054677 054683 MA 125-1750 125 750 1750 054678 054684 MA 160-2240 160 960 2240 054679 054685 MA 200-2800 200 1200 2800 054680 054686 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/51

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Trip units Ordering details - T5 Trip units for T5 1SDC210189F0004 In I 3 1SDA... R1 Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA N= 50% N= 100% TMA 320-3200 320 1600...3200 054723 054725 054731 TMA 400-4000 400 2000...4000 054724 054726 054732 TMA 500-5000 500 2500...5000 054727 054729 054733 Thermomagnetic trip unit for generator In I 3 1SDA... R1 protection - TMG TMG 320-1600 320 800...1600 055093 055101 TMG 400-2000 400 1000...2000 055098 055102 TMG 500-2500 500 1250...2500 055099 055103 In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit PR221DS-LS/I 320 054691 054699 PR221DS-LS/I 400 054692 054700 PR221DS-LS/I 630 054707 055159 PR221DS-I 320 054693 054701 PR221DS-I 400 054694 054702 PR221DS-I 630 054708 055160 PR222DS/P-LSI 320 054695 054703 PR222DS/P-LSI 400 054696 054704 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 054709 055161 PR222DS/P-LSIG 320 054697 054705 PR222DS/P-LSIG 400 054698 054706 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 054710 055162 PR222DS/PD-LSI 320 054711 054715 PR222DS/PD-LSI 400 054712 054716 PR222DS/PD-LSI 630 054719 054721 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 320 054713 054717 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 400 054714 054718 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 630 054720 054722 PR223DS 320 059567 059568 PR223DS 400 059569 059570 PR223DS 630 059571 059572 Electronic trip unit In for motor protection 3 poles PR222MP 320 054735 PR222MP 400 054736 1SDA... R1 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/52

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Trip units Ordering details - T6 Trip units for T6 1SDC210B06F0001 In I 3 1SDA... R1 Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA N= 50% N= 100% TMA 630-6300 630 3150 6300 060347 060348 060472 TMA 800-8000 800 4000 8000 060349 060350 060473 In 1SDA... R1 Electronic trip unit PR221DS-LS/I 630 060351 060357 PR221DS-LS/I 800 060363 060369 PR221DS-LS/I 1000 060596 060602 PR221DS-I 630 060352 060358 PR221DS-I 800 060364 060370 PR221DS-I 1000 060597 060603 PR222DS/P-LSI 630 060353 060359 PR222DS/P-LSI 800 060365 060371 PR222DS/P-LSI 1000 060598 060604 PR222DS/P-LSIG 630 060354 060360 PR222DS/P-LSIG 800 060366 060372 PR222DS/P-LSIG 1000 060599 060605 PR222DS/PD-LSI 630 060355 060361 PR222DS/PD-LSI 800 060367 060373 PR222DS/PD-LSI 1000 060600 060606 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 630 060356 060362 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 800 060368 060374 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 1000 060601 060607 PR223DS 630 060376 060377 PR223DS 800 060378 060379 PR223DS 1000 060608 060609 Electronic trip unit In for motor protection 3 poles PR222MP 630 060375 1SDA... R1 Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker. MCCBs 1SDC210B10F0001 Trip units for T7-T7M Electronic trip unit PR231/P-LS/I 063128 PR231/P-I 063129 PR232/P-LSI 063130 PR331/P-LSIG 063133 PR332/P-LI 063134 PR332/P-LSI 063135 PR332/P-LSIG 063136 PR332/P-LSIRc 063137 1SDA... R1 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/53

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fi xed parts Ordering details Plug-in (P) Fixed part F = Front terminals 1SDC210197F0004 1SDA... R1 T2 P FP F 051329 051330 T3 P FP F 051331 051332 EF = Front extended terminals 1SDA... R1 T4 P FP EF 054737 054740 T5 400 P FP EF 054749 054752 T5 630 P FP EF 054762 054765 Note: For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A VR = Rear flat vertical terminals 1SDA... R1 T4 P FP VR 054738 054741 T5 400 P FP VR 054750 054753 T5 630 P FP VR 054763 054766 Note: For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A HR = Rear flat horizontal terminals 1SDA... R1 T4 P FP HR 054739 054742 T5 400 P FP HR 054751 054754 T5 630 P FP HR 054764 054767 Note: For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A FC Cu = Front terminals for copper cables 1SDA... R1 T4 250 P FP 1000 V AC 063458 063459 T5 400 P FP 1000 V AC 063462 063463 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/54

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fi xed parts Ordering details Withdrawable (W) Fixed part EF = Front extended terminals 1SDC210198F0004 1SDA... R1 T4 W FP EF 054743 054746 T5 W 400 FP EF 054755 054758 T5 W 630 FP EF 054768 054771 T6 W FP EF 060384 060387 T7-T7M W FP EF 062045 062049 Note: For the circuit-breaker in the withdrawable version In max = 570 A VR = Rear flat vertical terminals 1SDA... R1 T4 W FP VR 054744 054747 T5 W 400 FP VR 054756 054759 T5 W 630 FP VR 054769 054772 T6 W FP VR 060386 060389 Note: For the circuit-breaker in the withdrawable version In max = 570 A HR = Rear flat horizontal terminals 1SDA... R1 T4 W FP HR 054745 054748 T5 W 400 FP HR 054757 054761 T5 W 630 FP HR 054770 054774 T6 W FP HR 060385 060388 Note: For the circuit-breaker in the withdrawable version In max = 570 A HR/VR = Rear flat terminals 1SDA... R1 T7-T7M W FP HR/VR 062044 062048 MCCBs Nota: To order the HR/VR terminals mounted vertically, the extra code 1SDA063571R1 must be specifi ed. FC Cu = Front terminals for copper cables 1SDA... R1 T4 250 W FP 1000 V AC 063460 063461 T5 400 W FP 1000 V AC 063464 063465 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/55

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fi xed parts Ordering details Conversion of the version Conversion kit from fixed into moving part of plug-in T2 T5 1SDC210190F0004 1SDA... R1 Kit P MP T2 051411 051412 Kit P MP T3 051413 051414 Kit P MP T4 054839 054840 Kit P MP T5 400 054843 054844 Kit P MP T5 630 (*) 054847 054848 Note: The plug-in version must be composed as follows 1) Fixed circuit-breaker 2) Conversion kit from fi xed into moving part of plug-in 3) Fixed part of plug-in (*) For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A Conversion kit from fixed into moving part of withdrawable T4...T7 1SDC210200F0004 1SDA... R1 Kit W MP T4 054841 054842 Kit W MP T5 400 054845 054846 Kit W MP T5 630 (*) 054849 054850 Kit W MP T6 060390 060391 Kit W MP T7-T7M 062162 062163 Note: The withdrawable version must be composed as follows 1) Fixed circuit-breaker 2) Conversion kit from fi xed into moving part of withdrawable 3) Fixed part of withdrawable 4) Front for lever operating mechanism or rotary handle or motor operator 5) Sliding contacts blocks if the circuit-breaker is automatic or fi tted with electrical accessories (only for T7) (*) For the circuit-breakers in withdrawable version In max = 570 A. Sliding contacts blocks for T7 Lef block - MP T7 - T7M 062164 Central block - MP T7 - T7M 062165 Right block - MP T7 - T7M 062166 Left block - FP T7 063572 Left block - FP T7M 062167 Central block - FP T7 - T7M 062168 Right block - FP T7 - T7M 062169 Note: Always to be ordered in pairs (block for PM + block for PF) if the circuit-breaker is automatic or fi tted with electrical accessories for withdrawable version. Conversion kit from fixed into plug-in for RC222 and RC223 4 poles Kit P MP RC T4 054851 Kit P MP RC T5 400 054852 Kit P MP RC T5 630 054853 Conversion kit from plug-in into withdrawable for RC222 and RC223 4 poles Kit W MP RC T4-T5 055366 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/56

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fi xed parts Ordering details Conversion kik from fixed part of plug-in into fixed part of withdrawable Kit FP P in FP W T4 054854 Kit FP P in FP W T5 054855 Terminals for fixed parts T4 T7 3 pieces 4 pieces Front extended terminals - EF EF T6 013984 013985 EF T7-T7M 062171 062172 Front extended spread terminals - ES ES T5 (630 A) 055271 055272 Front terminals for copper cables - FC Cu FC Cu T4 1x185mm 2 054831 054832 FC Cu T5 1x240mm 2 054833 054834 Front terminals for copper-aluminium cables - FC CuAl FC CuAl T4 1x185mm 2 054835 054836 FC CuAl T5 1x240mm 2 054837 054838 Rear flat vertical terminals - VR VR T6 013988 013989 Rear flat horizontal terminals - HR HR T6 013986 013987 Rear flat terminals - HR/VR HR/VR T7-T7M 063089 063090 Note: The FC Cu and FC CuAl terminals are supplied with insulating terminal covers for TC-FP fi xed parts. Lock for fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker T4-T5-T6 KLF-D FP - Different key for each circuit-breaker 055230 KLF-S FP - Same key for different groups of circuit-breakers 055231 PLL FP - Lock padlocks 055232 KLF-D Ronis FP - Lock type Ronis 055233 MCCBs Terminal covers for fixed part - TC-FP TC-FP T4 054857 054858 TC-FP T5 400 054859 054861 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/57

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Service releases Shunt opening release - SOR 1SDC210204F0004 T1-T2-T3 T4-T5-T6 T7-T7M uncabled version SOR 12 V DC 053000 054862 SOR 24 V AC / DC 062065 SOR 24...30 V AC / DC 051333 054863 SOR 30 V AC / DC 062066 SOR 48 V AC / DC 062067 SOR 48...60 V AC / DC 051334 054864 SOR 60 V AC / DC 062068 SOR 110 120 V AC / DC 062069 SOR 110...127 V AC - 110...125 V DC 051335 054865 SOR 120 127 V AC / DC 063547 SOR 220 240 V AC / DC 063548 SOR 220...240 V AC - 220...250 V DC 051336 054866 SOR 240 250 V AC / DC 062070 SOR 380 400 V AC 062071 SOR 380...440 V AC 051337 054867 SOR 415 440 V AC 062072 SOR 480...525 V AC 051338 054868 cabled version SOR-C 12 V DC 053001 054869 SOR-C 24...30 V AC / DC 051339 054870 SOR-C 48...60 V AC / DC 051340 054871 SOR-C 110...127 V AC - 110...125 V DC 051341 054872 SOR-C 220...240 V AC - 220...250 V DC 051342 054873 SOR-C 380...440 V AC 051343 054874 SOR-C 480...525 V AC 051344 054875 SOR Test Unit T7-T7M 050228 Shunt closing release - SCR T7M cabled version SCR 24 V AC / DC 062076 SCR 30 V AC / DC 062077 SCR 48 V AC / DC 062078 SCR 60 V AC / DC 062079 SCR 110...120 V AC / DC 062080 SCR 120...127 V AC / DC 063549 SCR 220...240 V AC / DC 063550 SCR 240...250 V AC / DC 062081 SCR 380...400 V AC 062082 SCR 415...440 V AC 062083 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/58

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Undervoltage release - UVR 1SDC210204F0004 T1-T2-T3 T4-T5-T6 T7-T7M uncabled version UVR 24 V AC / DC 062087 UVR 24...30 V AC / DC 051345 054880 UVR 30 V AC / DC 062088 UVR 48 V AC / DC 051346 054881 062089 UVR 60 V AC/DC 052333 054882 062090 UVR 110 120 V AC / DC 062091 UVR 110...127 V AC 110...125 V DC 051347 054883 UVR 120 127 V AC / DC 063551 UVR 220 240 V AC / DC 063552 UVR 220...240 V AC - 220 250 V DC 051348 054884 UVR 240 250 V AC / DC 062092 UVR 380 400 V AC 062093 UVR 380...440 V AC 051349 054885 UVR 415...440 V AC 062094 UVR 480...525 V AC 051350 054886 cabled version UVR-C 24...30 V AC / DC 051351 054887 UVR-C 48 V AC / DC 051352 054888 UVR-C 60 V AC/DC 052335 054889 UVR-C 110...127 V AC - 110...125 V DC 051353 054890 UVR-C 220...240 V AC - 220 250 V DC 051354 054891 UVR-C 380...440 V AC 051355 054892 UVR-C 480...525 V AC 051356 054893 Shunt opening release with permanent operation - PS-SOR T4-T5-T6 uncabled version PS-SOR 24...30 V DC 054876 PS-SOR 110...120 V AC 054877 cabled version PS-SOR-C 24...30 V DC 054878 PS-SOR-C 110...120 V AC 054879 MCCBs Connectors and socket-plugs for electrical accessories T1-T2-T3 T4-T5-T6 Socket-plug 12 poles 051362 051362 Socket-plug 6 poles 051363 051363 Socket-plug 3 poles 051364 051364 3-way connector for second SOR-C 055273 Loose cables T1-T2-T3 Kit 12 cables L=2m for AUX 051365 Kit 6 cables L=2m for AUX 051366 Kit 2 cables L=2m for SOR-UVR 051367 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/59

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details 1SDC210147F0004 Time delay device for undervoltage release - UVD T1 T6 T7-T7M UVD 24 30 V AC / DC 051357 038316 UVD 48 V AC / DC 038317 UVD 48 60 V AC / DC 051358 UVD 60 V AC / DC 038318 UVD 110...125 V AC / DC 051360 038319 UVD 220...250 V AC / DC 051361 038320 1SDC210148F0004 1SDC210205F0004 Electrical signals Auxiliary contacts - AUX T1-T2-T3 T4-T5-T6 T7 T7M uncabled version (1) AUX 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 051368 051368 AUX 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 051369 051369 AUX 1Q 1SY 400 V AC 062104 AUX 2Q 400 V AC 062102 062102 AUX 1Q 1SY 24 V DC 062103 AUX 3Q 1SY 24 V DC 054914 054914 AUX 2Q 24 V DC 062101 062101 cabled version (1) with 1 m long cables AUX-C 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 051370 054910 AUX-C 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC 051371 054911 AUX-C 1Q 1SY 400 V AC 054912 AUX-C 2Q 400 V AC 054913 AUX-C 3Q 1SY 24 V DC 055361 054915 cabled version for T2 with PR221 DS trip unit AUX-C 1 S51 1Q SY 053704 AUX-C 2Q 1SY 055504 cabled contact for signalling trip coil release trip AUX-SA 1 S51 T4-T5 055050 AUX-SA 1 S51 T6 (2) 060393 AUX-SA 1 S51 T7-T7M 062105 063553 cabled contact for signalling manual/remote operation AUX-MO-C (3) 054917 cabled contact circuit breaker ready to close AUX-RTC 24V DC 062108 AUX-RTC 250V AC/DC 062109 cabled contact signalling spring charged AUX-MC 24V DC 062106 AUX-MC 250V AC/DC 062107 cabled contacts in electronic version AUX-E-C 1Q 1SY (4) 054916 (1) These cannot be combined with T2 circuit-breaker fi tted with PR221DS electronic trip unit. (2) Available only mounted on the circuit-breaker. (3) For T4, T5 and T6 in plug-in/withdrawable version, it is necessary to order a socket plug connector 3 poles 1SDA051364R1 (4) Only with circuit-breakers equipped with PR222DS/PD and PR223DS trip units. see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/60

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Auxiliary position contacts - AUP 1SDC210152F0004 T2-T3 T4-T5-T6 T7-T7M AUP T2-T3-1 contact signalling circuitbreakers racked-in 051372 AUP-I T4-T5 24 V DC - 1 contact signalling circuit-breakers racked-in 054920 AUP-I T4-T5 400 V AC/DC - 1 contact for signalling circuit-breakers racked-out 054918 AUP-R T4-T5 24 V DC - 1 contact for signalling circuit-breakers racked-out 054921 AUP-R T4-T5 400 V AC/DC - 1 contact for signalling circuit-breakers racked-out 054919 AUP T7-T7M 24 V DC 062110 AUP T7-T7M 250 V AC 062111 Early auxiliary contacts - AUE 1SDC210206F0004 T1-T2-T3 T4-T5 T6 T7 AUE - early contacts 051374 054925 060394 062112 Note: On T7, the early auxiliary contacts (AUE) can only be ordered mounted on the circuit-breaker Adapters - ADP T4-T5-T6 ADP - Adapters 5pin 055173 ADP - Adapters 6pin 054922 ADP - Adapters 12pin 054923 ADP - Adapters 10pin 054924 Testing extension 1SDC210125F0004 T4-T5-T6 5pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W service releases 055351 6pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W auxiliary contacts (1+1) service and residual current releases 055063 12pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W auxiliary contacts (3+1) 055064 5pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W motor operator and early contacts 055065 MCCBs Trip reset T7M Trip reset 24-30 V AC/DC 063554 Trip reset 110-130 V AC/DC 062118 Trip reset 200-240 V AC/DC 062119 Mechanical signals Mechanical operation counter T7M Mechanical operation counter 062160 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/61

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Motor operator 1SDC210154F0004 Solenoid operator - MOS T1-T2-T3 MOS 5 cables, superimposed 48...60 V DC 059596 MOS 5 cables, superimposed 110...250 V AC/DC 059597 Note: It is always fi tted with crimped cables 1SDC210155F0004 MOS 5 cables T1-T2, side-by-side, 48...60 V DC 059598 MOS 5 cables T1-T2, side-by-side, 110...250 V AC/DC 059599 Note: It is always fi tted with socket plug connector. Stored energy motor operator - MOE 1SDC210207F0004 T4-T5 T6 MOE 24 V DC 054894 060395 MOE 48...60 V DC 054895 060396 MOE 110...125 V AC/DC 054896 060397 MOE 220...250 V AC/DC 054897 060398 MOE 380 V AC 054898 060399 Stored energy motor operator with electronics - MOE-E T4-T5 T6 MOE-E 24 V DC 054899 060400 MOE-E 48...60 V DC 054900 060401 MOE-E 110...125 V AC/DC 054901 060402 MOE-E 220...250 V AC/DC 054902 060403 MOE-E 380 V AC 054903 060404 Note: Always supplyed complete with the AUX-E-C electronic auxiliary contact Spring charging motor 1SDC200544F0001 T7M Spring chargin motor 24 30 V AC/DC 062113 Spring chargin motor 48 60 V AC/DC 062114 Spring chargin motor 100 130 V AC/DC 062115 Spring chargin motor 220 250 V AC/DC 062116 Spring chargin motor 380 415 V AC 062117 1SDC210158F0004 1SDC210159F0004 Rotary handle operating mechanism Direct- RHD T1-T2-T3 T4-T5 T6 T7 RHD normal for fi xed and plug-in 051381 054926 060405 062120 RHD_EM emergency for fi xed and plug-in 051382 054927 060406 062121 RHD normal for withdrawable 054928 060407 062120 RHD_EM di emergency for withdrawable 055234 060408 062121 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/62

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details 1SDC210209F0004 1SDC210208F0004 Transmitted - RHE T1-T2-T3 T4-T5 T6 T7 RHE normal for fi xed and plug-in 051383 054929 060409 062122 RHE_EM emergency for fi xed and plug-in 051384 054930 060410 062123 RHE normal for withdrawable 054933 060411 062122 RHE_EM di emergency for withdrawable 054934 060412 062123 Individual components RHE_B just base for RHE for fi xed and plug-in 051385 054931 060413 062124 RHE_B just base for RHE withdrawable 054935 060414 062124 RHE_S just rod 500mm for RHE 051386 054932 054932 054932 RHE_H just handle for RHE 051387 054936 060415 062125 RHE_H_EM just emergency handle for RHE 051388 054937 060416 062126 1SDC210292F0023 IP54 protection for rotary handle T1-T2-T3 T4-T5-T6 T7 RHE_IP54 protection kit IP54 051392 054938 054938 Operating mechanism and locks Padlock lever lock - PLL 1SDC210167F0004 T1-T2-T3 T7 T7M PLL - plug-in in open position 051393 PLL for T1 1p - plug-in in open position 060199 PLL - plate in open/closed position 051394 PLL - plate in open position 060534 PLL - padlock lever lock 062150 062151 MCCBs Note: On T7, the padlock lever lock is an alternative to the key lock 1SDC210163F0004 Ronis key lock in open position on the circuit-breaker - KLC (1) T1-T2-T3 standard version KLC same key - T1 053528 KLC same key - T2 053529 KLC same key - T3 053530 version with key removable in both positions KLC-S same key - T1 051395 KLC-S same key - T2 052015 KLC-S same key - T3 052016 (1) It cannot be mounted when there is a front operationg mechanism, a rotary handle operating mechanism, motor operator or RC221/RC222 residual current device and, only in the case of three pole circuit-breakers, with the service releases (UVR, SOR). see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/63

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Key lock in open position on the circuit-breaker - KLC T7 T7M KLC-D - different key 062134 062141 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20005) 062135 062142 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20006) 062136 062143 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20007) 062137 062144 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20008) 062138 062145 KLC-R - arrangement for Ronis key lock 062139 062146 KLC-P - arrangement for Profalux key lock 062140 062149 1SDC210162F0004 Key lock for rotary handle - RHL T1-T2-T3 RHL - different keys for each circuit-breaker/in open position 051389 RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20005) 051390 RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20006) 060147 RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20007) 060148 RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20008) 060149 RHL - different keys for each circuit-breaker/in open-closed position 052021 Key lock for front/rotary handle - KLF T4-T5 T6 T7 KLF-D - different key 054939 060658 063555 KLF-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20005) 054940 060659 063556 KLF-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20006) 054941 060660 063557 KLF-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20007) 054942 060661 063558 KLF-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20008) 054943 060662 063559 KLF-S - arrangement for Ronis key lock 063560 KLF-S - arrangement for Profalux key lock 063561 Key lock for motor operator - MOL T4-T5 T6 MOL-D different key 054904 060611 MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20005) 054905 060612 MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20006) 054906 060613 MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20007) 054907 060614 MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20008) 054908 060615 MOL-M - lock only on manual operation with same key 054909 054909 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/64

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Key lock in racked-in/test isolated/racked-out position T7-T7M For 1 circuit-breaker - different key 062153 For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20005) 062154 For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20006) 062155 For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20007) 062156 For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20008) 062157 Arrangement for Ronis key lock 063567 Arrangement for Profalux key lock 063570 Arrangement for Castell key lock 063568 Arrangement for Kirk key lock 063569 Note: The fi xed part can be equipped with two different key locks. Accessory for lock in racked-out position T7-T7M Lock in racked-out position 062158 Note: Order to complete the circuit-breaker lock in racked-in/isolated-test/racked-out position Mechanical compartment door lock T7-T7M Mechanical compartment door lock 062159 Front lever operating mechanism - FLD 1SDC210210F0004 T4-T5 T6 FLD - for fi xed and plug-in 054944 060417 FLD - for withdrawable 054945 060418 Mechanical interlock - MIF 1SDC210169F0004 T1-T2-T3 MIF front interlocking plate between 2 circuit-breakers 051396 MIF front interlocking plate between 3 circuit-breakers 052165 MCCBs Mechanical interlock - MIR 1SDC210373F0004 T4-T5 MIR-HB - frame unit horizontal interlock 054946 MIR-VB - frame unit vertical interlock 054947 MIR-P - plate for interlock type A 054948 MIR-P - plate for interlock type B 054949 MIR-P - plate for interlock type C 054950 MIR-P - plate for interlock type D 054951 MIR-P - plate for interlock type E 054952 MIR-P - plate for interlock type F 054953 Note: To interlock two circuit-breakers you have to order a frame unit interlock and a plate (for type A or B or C or D or E or F) interlock. Mechanical interlock - MIR T3 T6 Horizontal interlock 063324 060685 Vertical interlock 063325 060686 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/65

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Mechanical interlock with cables between two circuit-breakers T7M Cables kit for interlock 062127 Plate for fi xed cb 062129 Plate for fi xed cb (fi xing to fl oor) 062130 Plate for withdrawable cb 062131 Note: To interlock two circuit-breakers you have to order a cables kit and two plates in function of the version of the circuit-breaker Sealable lock of thermal adjustment 1SDC210164F0004 T1-T2-T3 TMD release anti-adjustment seal 051397 Transparent protection for buttons T7M Transparent protection for buttons 062132 Transparent protection for buttons - independent 062133 IP54 door protection T7M IP54 door protection 062161 1SDC210170F0004 Residual current releases SACE RC221, SACE RC222, SACE RC223 RC222/1 MOD 200 mm for T1 053869 RC221/1 for T1 051398 051401 RC222/1 for T1 051400 051402 RC221/2 for T2 051403 051405 RC222/2 for T2 051404 051406 RC221/3 for T3 051407 051409 RC222/3 for T3 051408 051410 RC222/4 for T4 054954 RC223/4 for T4 054956 RC222/5 for T5 054955 Note: The residual current releases for T2 and T3 circuit-breakers are always supplied complete with the FC Cu terminal kit. 1SDC210214F0004 1SDC210213F0004 1SDC210212F0004 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/66

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details SACE RCQ 1SDC210172F0004 T1...T7-T7M Relay and closed toroid - diameter 60 mm 037388 Relay and closed toroid - diameter 110 mm 037389 Relay and closed toroid - diameter 185 mm 050542 Relay and toroid which can be opened - diameter 110 mm 037390 Relay and toroid which can be opened - diameter 180 mm 037391 Relay and toroid which can be opened - diameter 230 mm 037392 Relay only 037393 Closed toroid only - diameter 60 mm 037394 Closed toroid only - diameter 110 mm 037395 Closed toroid only - diameter 185 mm 050543 Toroid which can be opened - diameter 110 mm 037396 Toroid which can be opened - diameter 180 mm 037397 Toroid which can be opened - diameter 230 mm 037398 Note: Opening coil and undervoltage coil to be ordered separately. Installation accessories Bracket for fixing onto DIN rail 1SDC210173F0004 T1-T2-T3 DIN50022 T1-T2 051437 DIN50022 T3 051439 DIN 50022 T1 - T2 for RC221/RC222 051937 DIN 50022 T3 for RC221/RC222 051938 DIN 50022 T1 -T2 for MOS side-by-side 051939 DIN 50022 T1 for RC222 mod. 200 mm 053940 1SDC210124F0004 Connections terminals High insulating terminal covers - HTC HTC T1 051415 051416 HTC T2 051417 051418 HTC T3 051419 051420 HTC T4 054958 054959 HTC T5 054960 054961 HTC T6 014040 014041 HTC T7-T7M 063091 063092 MCCBs Protection for high insulating terminal covers - HTC-P HTC-P T4 054962 054963 HTC-P T5 054964 054965 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/67

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Low insulating terminal covers - LTC 1SDC210123F0004 LTC T1 051421 051422 LTC T2 051423 051424 LTC T3 051425 051426 LTC T4 054966 054967 LTC T5 054968 054969 LTC T6 014038 014039 LTC T7-T7M F 063093 063094 LTC T7-T7M W 063095 063096 IP40 front protections for screw terminals - STC STC T1 051431 051432 STC T2 051433 051434 STC T3 051435 051436 Sealable screws for terminal covers T1-T2-T3-T4-T5 T6-T7-T7M Sealable screws 051504 013699 1SDC210127F0004 Separating partitions - PB 1SDC210203F0004 T1-T2-T3 T4-T5 T6 T7-T7M PB100 low (H=100 mm) - 4 pieces - 3p 051427 054970 050696 054970 PB100 low (H=100 mm) - 6 pieces - 4p 051428 054971 050697 054971 PB200 high (H=200 mm) - 4 pieces - 3p 051429 054972 054972 PB200 high (H=200 mm) - 6 pieces - 4p 051430 054973 054973 Front extended terminals - EF 1SDC210384F0004 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces EF T1 051442 051443 051440 051441 EF T2 051466 051467 051464 051465 EF T3 051490 051491 051488 051489 EF T4 055000 055001 054998 054999 EF T5 055036 055037 055034 055035 EF T6 630 023379 023389 013920 013921 EF T6 800 023383 023393 013954 013955 EF T7-T7M 063103 063104 063105 063106 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/68

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Front terminals for copper-aluminium cables - FC CuAl 1SDC210391F0004 1SDC210392F0004 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces FC CuAl T1 95mm 2 - external terminal 051446 051447 051444 051445 FC CuAl T2 95mm 2 051458 051459 051456 051457 FC CuAl T2 2x95mm 2 - external terminal 055153 055154 055151 055152 FC CuAl T2 185mm 2 - external terminal 051462 051463 051460 051461 FC CuAl T3 2x150mm 2 - external terminal 055157 055158 055155 055156 FC CuAl T3 185mm 2 051486 051487 051484 051485 FC CuAl T3 150 240mm 2 - external terminal 051940 051941 051942 051943 FC CuAl T4 1x50mm 2 054984 054985 054982 054983 FC CuAl T4 2x150mm 2 - external terminal 054992 054993 054990 054991 FC CuAl T4 1x185mm 2 054988 054989 054986 054987 FC CuAl T5 400 2x120mm 2 - external terminal 055028 055029 055026 055027 FC CuAl T5 400 1x240mm 2 055020 055021 055018 055019 FC CuAl T5 400 1x300mm 2 055024 055025 055022 055023 FC CuAl T5 2x240mm 2 - external terminal 055032 055033 055030 055031 FC CuAl T6 630 2x240mm 2 023380 023390 013922 013923 FC CuAl T6 800 3x185mm 2 - external terminal 023384 023394 013956 013957 FC CuAl T6 1000 4x150mm 2 - external terminal 060687 060688 060689 060690 FC CuAl T7 1250-T7M 1250 4x240mm 2 - external terminal 063112 063113 063114 063115 Front terminals - F (1) 1SDC210387F0004 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces F T2 - Plugs with screws 051450 051451 051448 051449 F T3 - Plugs with screws 051478 051479 051476 051477 F T4 - Plugs with screws 054976 054977 054974 054975 F T5 - Plugs with screws 055012 055013 055010 055011 F T6 630-800 - Plugs with screws 060421 060422 060423 060424 F T7-T7M - Plugs with screws 063099 063100 063101 063102 MCCBs (1) To be requested as loose kit 1SDC210385F0004 Front extended spread terminals - ES 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces ES T2 051470 051471 051468 051469 ES T3 051494 051495 051492 051493 ES T4 055004 055005 055002 055003 ES T5 055040 055041 055038 055039 ES T6 (1/2 upper kit) 050692 ES T6 (1/2 lower kit) 050704 ES T6 050693 050688 050689 ES T7-T7M (1/2 upper kit) 063107 ES T7-T7M (1/2 lower kit) 063108 ES T7-T7M 063109 063110 063111 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/69

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Front terminals for copper cables - FC Cu 1SDC210389F0004 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces FC Cu T2 051454 051455 051452 051453 FC Cu T3 051482 051483 051480 051481 FC Cu T4 1x185mm 2 054980 054981 054978 054979 FC Cu T5 1x240mm 2 055016 055017 055014 055015 FC Cu T5 2x240mm 2 055364 055365 055362 055363 Rear terminals for copper-aluminium cables - RC CuAl 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces RC CuAl T6 630 2x150mm 2 023381 023391 013924 013925 RC CuAl T6 800 3x240mm 2 023385 023395 013958 013959 Note: For ordering methods, please ask ABB SACE. Front multi-cable terminals - MC 1SDC210395F0004 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces MC CuAl T4 6x35mm 2 054996 054997 054994 054995 Rear terminals 1SDC210C50F0001 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces R T2 051474 051475 051472 051473 R T3 051498 051499 051496 051497 R T4 055008 055009 055006 055007 R T5 055044 055045 055042 055043 R T6 060425 060426 060427 060428 R T7 063116 063117 063118 063119 Rear flat horizontal terminals - HR 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces HR T7-T7M 063120 063121 063122 063123 Rear flat vertical terminals - VR 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces VR T7-T7M 063124 063125 063126 063127 Rear flat horizontal terminals - HR 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces HR T1 053865 053866 053867 053868 HR RC221/222 T1 053987 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/70

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Kit for taking up voltage for auxiliares 3 pieces 4 pieces AuxV T2 FC Cu 051500 051501 AuxV T3 FC Cu 051502 051503 AuxV T4-T5 FC Cu 055046 055047 AuxV T4-T5 F 055048 055049 Note: Only available for fi xed version circuit-breaker. Front display unit - FDU T4-T5 T6 FDU display unit with PR222 or PR223 055051 060429 1SDC210326F0004 Automatic transfer switch - ATS010 ATS010 for T4, T5, T6, T7 and T7M 052927 Modules for PR33x electronic trip unit T7 T7M HMI030 interface on the front of switchgear 063143 063143 PR330/V voltage measuring module 063144 063144 PR330/D-M communication module (Modbus RTU) 063145 063145 PR330/R actuator module 063146 063146 BT030 external wireless communication module 058259 058259 PR030B power supply unit 058258 058258 Internal voltage socket for PR332/P 063573 063573 MCCBs Dialogue unit PR222DS/PD T4-T5-T6 LSI 055066 LSIG 055067 Note: To be specifi ed only in addition to the code of the automatic circuit-breaker, with analogous overcurrent release (PR222DS/P). To order the trip unit separately, see pag 7/32. Extracode for PR231 interchangeability T7-T7M Extracode for PR231 interchangeability 063140 Trip unit adapters for PR33x T7 T7M Adapters for PR331-PR332 063141 Adapters for PR33x 063142 see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/71

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details CT for external neutral CT for external neutral - T4 320 055055 CT for external neutral - T4 250 055054 CT for external neutral - T4 160 055053 CT for external neutral - T4 100 055052 CT for external neutral - T5 400 055057 CT for external neutral - T5 320 055056 CT for external neutral - T5 630 055058 CT for external neutral - T6 630 060430 CT for external neutral - T6 800 060431 CT for external neutral - T6 1000 060610 Note: Connector X4 is not included and must be ordered separately. Current sensor for external neutral Current sensor for external neutral - T7-T7M 400 1600 063159 Note: Connector X4 is not included and must be ordered separately. Rating plug T7-T7M In=400A 063147 In=630A 063148 In=800A 063149 In=1000A 063150 In=1250A 063151 In=1600A 063152 Extracode rating plug In=400A 063153 In=630A 063154 In=800A 063155 In=1000A 063156 In=1250A 063157 Note: To be specifi ed only in addition to the code of the automatic circuit-breaker. see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/72

Moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax - Accessories Ordering details Accessories for electronic releases 1SDC210216F0004 T4-T5-T6 X3 Connector for fi xed circuit-breaker PR222DS or PR223DS 055059 X3 Connector for plug-in/withdrawable circuit-breaker 055061 X4 Connector for fi xed circuit-breaker 055060 X4 Connector for plug-in/withdrawable circuit-breaker 055062 TT1 - Test Unit (1) 037121 PR010/T - Test and confi guration unit for PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD, PR223DS or PR222MP electronic releases 048964 PR021/K - Signalling unit for PR222DS/PD, PR223DS or PR222MP electronic releases 059146 PR212/CI - Contactor control unit for PR222MP 050708 EP010 - Interface module for PR222/PD 059469 EP010 - Interface module for PR223/DS 063116 VM210 measurement module for PR223DS and PR223EF 059602 IM210 interlock module for PR223EF and PR12x 059603 (1) Available also for T2. Spare parts Flanges for compartment door Flange for compartment door for T1-T2-T3 051509 Flange for compartment door for MOS or RHD T1-T2-T3 051510 Flange for compartment door T1 with RC221 or RC222 3p 051511 Flange for compartment door T2 with RC221 or RC222 3p 051512 Flange for compartment door T3 with RC221 or RC222 3p 051513 Flange for compartment door T1-T2-T3 with RC221 or RC222 4p 051514 Flange for compartment door for T4-T5 fi xed or plug-in 055094 Flange for compartment door for T4-T5 withdrawable 055095 Flange for compartment door for RC222 for T4-T5 055096 Flange for the T6 compartment door 060432 Flange for the withdrawable T6 compartment door 060433 Flange for the fi xed T6 compartment door with MOE/MOE-E, RHD and FLD 060434 Flange for compartment door for T7-T7M fi xed 063160 Flange for compartment door for T7-T7M withdrawable 063161 Flange for compartment door for T7 fi xed with rotary handle 063162 MCCBs Solenoid operator for residual current device RC221/RC222 for T1 051506 RC221/RC222 for T2 051507 RC221/RC222 for T3 051508 RC222/RC223 for T4-T5 055097 Single terminal T7-T7M Single terminal 062170 Note: To have a complete overview of the spare parts available for the Tmax family of circuit-breakers, please consult the Spare Parts Catalogue. see Abbreviation caption page 7/15 7/73

Dimensional details Tmax T1 and single-pole Tmax T1 Fixed circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Fixing on DIN EN 50022 rail 1SDC210H04F0001 1SDC210H05F0001 1SDC210H06F0001 1SDC210H07F0001 1SDC210H08F0001 1SDC210H01F0001 1SDC210H02F0001 1SDC210H03F0001 Without inserts With inserts T1 1P (SINGLE-POLE) T1 1P (SINGLE-POLE) Caption Drilling templates for support sheet 1 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face not extending from the compartment door, with or without fl ange For front terminals Without inserts With inserts 2 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face extending from the compartment door, without fl ange 3 Bracket for fi xing onto rail 1SDC210H09F0001 1SDC210H10F0001 4 Bottom terminal covers with IP40 degree of protection 3 POLES 4 POLES T1 1P (SINGLE-POLE) 7/74

Dimensional details Tmax T1 and single-pole Tmax T1 Terminals Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl Front extended - EF 7 60.8 1SDC210H13F0001 49.5 42.5 1.4 92.5 99.5 1SDC210H14F0001 1SDC210H15F0001 MCCBs 4 1SDC210H11F0001 1SDC210H12F0001 Rear fl at horizontal Front for copper cables - FC Cu 25 25 25 14 Caption 1 High terminal covers with IP40 degree of protection (compulsory) 2 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory in the absence of top terminal covers) 3 Front extended terminals 4 Terminals for CuAl cables 95 mm 2 7/75

Dimensional details Tmax T1 and single-pole Tmax T1 Terminals Flange for the compartment door 1SDC210H19F0001 1SDC210H20F0001 1SDC210H17F0001 1SDC210H18F0001 1SDC210H17F0001 1SDC210H16F0001 Drilling templates of the compartment door With fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) or extending (3 POLES) (SINGLE-POLE) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (4 POLES) Drilling templates for support sheet For rear terminals 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/76

Dimensional details Tmax T2 Fixed circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Fixing on DIN EN 50022 rail 1SDC210H24F0001 1SDC210H25F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210H26F0001 1SDC210H21F0001 1SDC210H22F0001 1SDC210H23F0001 Flange for the compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door With fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (3 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (4 POLES) Caption 1 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face not extending from the compartment door, with or without fl ange Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals For rear terminals 2 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-break er with face extending from the compartment door, without fl ange 3 Bracket for fi xing onto rail 1SDC210H27F0001 4 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/77

Dimensional details Tmax T2 Terminals Front F Front for copper cables - FC Cu Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 95 mm 2 6 25 18 6 1SDC210H31F0001 1SDC210H32F0001 1SDC210H33F0001 1SDC210H28F0001 1SDC210H29F0001 1SDC210H30F0001 Caption Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 185 mm 2 1 Front extended terminals 2 Front terminals for cables 185 mm 2 CuAl 3 Insulating base plate (compulsory) 4 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (compulsory) 5 Drilling templates for support sheet 3 POLES 4 POLES Caption Front extended spread - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 7/78

Dimensional details Tmax T2 Caption Front extended - EF 1 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 2 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory without 1) 6 9 1SDC210H34F0001 Caption 9 MCCBs Rear - R 1 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 1SDC210H35F0001 7/79

Dimensional details Tmax T3 Fixed circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Fixing on DIN EN 50022 rail 1SDC210H41F0001 1SDC210H42F0001 1SDC210H39F0001 1SDC210H40F0001 1SDC210H36F0001 1SDC210H37F0001 1SDC210H38F0001 Caption 1 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face not extending from the compartment door, with or without fl ange 2 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face extending from the compartment door 3 Bracket for fi xing on rail 4 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door With fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (3 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (4 POLES) Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals For rear terminals 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/80

Dimensional details Tmax T3 Terminals Front - F Front for copper cables - FC Cu Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 185 mm 2 8 31 1SDC210H46F0001 64 8 1SDC210H43F0001 1SDC210H44F0001 1SDC210H45F0001 Caption Front for copper/aluminium 240 mm 2 cables - FC CuAl 240 mm 2 1 Front extended terminals 2 Front terminals for cables 240 mm 2 CuAl 3 Insulating base plate (compulsory) 4 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 (compulsory) 5 Drilling templates for support sheet 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210H47F0001 MCCBs Caption Front extended spread - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 18 1SDC210H48F0001 7/81

Dimensional details Tmax T3 Terminals Caption Front extended - EF 1 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 2 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory without 1) 8 18 1SDC210H49F0001 Caption 9 Rear - R 1 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 1SDC210H50F0001 7/82

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Fixed circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Caption 1 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C, RC222-223) 2 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) MCCBs 1SDC210H56F0001 1SDC210H57F0001 1SDC210H58F0001 1SDC210H53F0001 1SDC210H54F0001 1SDC210H55F0001 1SDC210H51F0001 1SDC210H52F0001 Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door 3-4 POLES 3-4 POLES With fl ange Without fl ange Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals For rear terminals 1SDC210H59F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/83

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Terminals Front - F 1SDC210H60F0001 1SDC210H61F0001 Front for copper cables - FC Cu Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 10 Nm = = 1SDC210H62F0001 1SDC210H63F0001 1SDC210H64F0001 Caption Front multicable - MC 1 Front terminals for cable connection 2x150 mm 2 2 Front terminals for multicable connection 28 3 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 30 1SDC210H65F0001 1SDC210H66F0001 Caption Front extended spread - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) = = = = 1SDC210H67F0001 1SDC210H68F0001 1SDC210H69F0001 7/84

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Caption Front extended - EF 1 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 2 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory with out 1) 1SDC210H74F0001 1SDC210H72F0001 1SDC210H73F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210H70F0001 1SDC210H71F0001 Caption Rear - R 1 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 7/85

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Fixed circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Caption 1 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C, RC222) 2 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) 1SDC210H77F0001 1SDC210H78F0001 1SDC210H79F0001 1SDC210H75F0001 1SDC210H76F0001 Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door With fl ange (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange (3-4 POLES) Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals For rear terminals = = = = 1SDC210H80F0001 1SDC210H81F0001 1SDC210H82F0001 1SDC210H83F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/86

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Terminals Front - F MAX 10 MIN 5 Front for copper cables - FC Cu MCCBs 1SDC210H87F0001 1SDC210H84F0001 1SDC210H85F0001 1SDC210H86F0001 Caption 1 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 300 mm 2 FC CuAl Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 2x240 mm 2 - FC CuAl 26 54 1SDC210H90F0001 1SDC210H91F0001 1SDC210H92F0001 1SDC210H88F0001 1SDC210H89F0001 Caption Front extended spread - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 7/87

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Terminals Front extended - EF Caption 1 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 2 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory with out 1) 1SDC210H97F0001 1SDC210H95F0001 1SDC210H96F0001 1SDC210H93F0001 1SDC210H94F0001 Caption Rear - R 1 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 7/88

Dimensional details Tmax T6 Fixed circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet 210 (3P) Caption 1 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C) 2 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) 268 134 2.7 2.7 70 70 140 = = 105 70 5.5 115 103.5 61.25 105 280 (4P) MCCBs 1SDC210H98F0001 3 107 159 2 1SDC210H99F0001 Flange for the compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door 77.75 152 = = 66.75 149 = = 142 = = 237 138 1SDC210I01F0001 116 1SDC210I02F0001 107 62.25 1SDC210I03F0001 With fl ange 3-4 POLES Without fl ange 3-4 POLES Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals 5.5 - M5 70 = = 5.5 - M5 140 35 1SDC210I04F0001 1SDC210I05F0001 237 118.5 118.5 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/89

Dimensional details Tmax T6 Fixed circuit-breaker Drilling templates for support sheet For rear terminals (R) and rear terminals for Cu/Al cables 5.5 - M5 70 = = 5.5 - M5 140 35 301 237 301 237 118.5 150.5 118.5 150.5 R 18 168 1SDC210I06F0001 R 18 238 84 1SDC210I07F0001 630 A (3 POLES) 630 A (4 POLES) 5.5 - M5 70 = = 5.5 - M5 140 35 301 237 118.5 150.5 301 237 118.5 150.5 R 21.5 171.5 1SDC210I08F0001 R 21.5 241.5 85.75 1SDC210I09F0001 800 A - 1000 A (3 POLES) 800 A - 1000 A (4 POLES) 7/90

Dimensional details Tmax T6 Terminals Front - F MAX 40 6.5 22.5 ±0.1 23 MIN5 MAX10 MCCBs MAX 12 18 MIN 1SDC210I10F0001 120.5 1SDC210I11F0001 Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 2x240 mm 2 FC CuAl 70 70 70 20.25 45.7 28 21.5 134 1SDC210I12F0001 120.5 1SDC210I13F0001 630 A Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 3x185 mm 2 FC CuAl 70 70 70 20 25.5 59 19 134 39 1SDC210I14F0001 120.5 1SDC210I15F0001 800 A Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 4x150 mm 2 FC CuAl 70 70 70 26 26 59 19 134 39 1SDC210I16F0001 120.5 1SDC210I17F0001 1000 A 7/91

Dimensional details Tmax T6 Terminals Front extended - EF 70 70 70 40 11 36.5 5 134 48.5 134 48.5 1SDC210I18F0001 167.5 1SDC210I19F0001 630 A 50 70 70 70 14 33.5 8 134 116.5 1SDC210I20F0001 162.5 1SDC210I21F0001 800 A Front extended spread - ES 45 90 45 116 116 116 45 88 88 90 88 88 23 45 23 13 45 116 116 45 90 13 50 8 1 1SDC210I22F0001 134 116.5 1SDC210I23F0001 230.5 1SDC210I24F0001 4 POLES 3 POLES Caption 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 7/92

Dimensional details Tmax T6 Rear for copper cables Cu/Al - RC CuAl 134 39.5 70 70 70 28 1SDC210I25F0001 147 23.1 120.5 48.1 21.5 1SDC210I26F0001 630 A 134 39.5 70 70 70 41 1SDC210I27F0001 23.1 147 137.5 120.5 48.1 17.5 1SDC210I28F0001 800 A Rear - R 280 (4P) 210 (3P) 8 53 14 70 70 70 33 MCCBs 1SDC210I29F0001 120.5 1SDC210I30F0001 53 3-4 POLES 73 1SDC210I31F0001 1 53 Caption 33 70 70 70 8 1 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 120.5 14 1SDC210I32F0001 73 1SDC210I33F0001 3-4 POLES 7/93

Dimensional details Tmax T7 Fixed circuit-breaker Front terminal F Caption 1 Front terminals for fl at connection 2 Busbars 3 Flange for the compartment door 4 Flange fi xing screws 6 Drilling template for fi xing onto support sheet 7 Tightening torque: 18 Nm 8 Key lock (optional) 9 Padlock (optional) 10 Tightening torque: 2 Nm 11 Sheet drilling for compartment door with fl ange 12 Sheet drilling for compartment door for front 206 x 204 13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts 14 Reduce fl ange for the compartment door (optional) 15 Sheet drilling for compartment door with reduced fl ange 16 Sheet drilling for compartment door for front 190 x 105 4 poles 3 poles With flange Without flange A 125...141 147 1SDC210L42F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) 1SDC210L58F0001 Drilling templates for support sheet 1SDC210L58F0001 Drilling templates of the compartment door 1SDC210L58F0001 III IV C 70 140 HOLES 1SDC210L43F0001 7/94

Dimensional details Tmax T7 Terminals Rear terminals Caption 1 Rear horizontal terminals 2 Rear vertical terminals 6 Support sheet drilling template 7 Tightening torque: 18 Nm Drilling templates for support sheet MCCBs 1SDC210L59F0001 1SDC210L52F0001 III IV B 70 140 C 192.5 262.5 7/95

Dimensional details Tmax T7 Terminals Rear horizontal terminals 1SDC210L60F0001 Drilling templates for support sheet Caption 1 Rear horizontal terminals 2 Rear vertical terminals 6 Drilling template for fi xing onto support sheet 7 Tightening torque: 18 Nm 1SDC210L60F0001 III IV B 70 140 C 192.5 262.5 7/96

Dimensional details Tmax T7 Extended front terminals EF - Spreaded extended front terminals ES Caption 1 Extended front terminals EF 2 Extended front spread terminals ES 6 Drilling template for fi xing onto support sheet 7 Tightening torque: 18 Nm Drilling templates for support sheet 1SDC210L61F0001 1SDC210L58F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210L62F0001 III IV C 70 140 Caption 1 Front terminals for cables FC CuAl 2 Tightening torque: 43 Nm 6 Drilling template for fi xing onto support sheet 7 Tightening torque: 18 Nm Front FC CuAl cable terminal 7/97

Dimensional details Tmax T7M Fixed circuit-breaker Caption 1 Front terminal for fl at connection 2 Busbars 3 Flange for the compartment door 4 Flange fi xing screws 6 Drilling template for fi xing onto support sheet 7 Tightening torque: 18 Nm 8 Key lock (optional) 9 Padlock (optional) 10 Tightening torque: 2 Nm Front terminal 4 poles 3 poles 11 Compartment door with fl ange sheet drilling 12 Compartment door without fl ange sheet drilling 13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts 1SDC210L46F0001 1SDC210L63F0001 With flange Without flange A 125...164 170 Standard Ronis Profalux Kirk Castell B 208 216 224 no no III 1SDC210L63F0001 1SDC210L47F0001 C 70 140 IV 1SDC210L63F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) Drilling templates for support sheet Drilling templates of the compartment door HOLES 7/98

Dimensional details Tmax T2 Plug-in circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Caption 1 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face not extending from the compartment door, with or without fl ange 2 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face extending from the compartment door, without fl ange 3 Fixed part 4 Moving part with terminal covers, degree of protection IP40 1SDC210I34F0001 1SDC210I35F0001 Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door 1SDC210I36F0001 1SDC210I37F0001 With fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (3 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (4 POLES) MCCBs Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals For rear terminals 1SDC210I38F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210I39F0001 7/99

Dimensional details Tmax T2 Terminals Front - F Front for copper cables - FC Cu Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 95 mm 2 1 6 25 6 1SDC210I45F0001 1SDC210I43F0001 1SDC210I44F0001 1SDC210I40F0001 1SDC210I41F0001 1SDC210I42F0001 Caption Front for copper/aluminium 185 mm 2 cables - FC CuAl 185 mm 2 1 Front extended terminals 2 Front terminals for cables 185 mm 2 CuAl 3 Insulating base plate (compulsory) 4 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 5 Drilling templates for support sheet 3 POLES 4 POLES Caption Front extended spread - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 7/100

Dimensional details Tmax T2 Caption Front extended - EF 1 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 2 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory without 1) 1SDC210I47F0001 MCCBs 6 1SDC210I46F0001 Caption Rear - R 1 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 7/101

Dimensional details Tmax T3 Plug-in circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Caption 1 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face not extending from the compartment door, with or without fl ange 2 Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face extending from the compartment door, without fl ange 3 Fixed part 4 Moving part with terminal covers, degree of protection IP40 1SDC210I50F0001 1SDC210I48F0001 1SDC210I51F0001 1SDC210I49F0001 Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door With fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face fl ush with door (3-4 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (3 POLES) Without fl ange and circuit-breaker face extending (4 POLES) Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals 1SDC210I52F0001 1SDC210I53F0001 For rear terminals 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/102

Dimensional details Tmax T3 Terminals Front - F Front for copper cables - FC Cu Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 185 mm 2 1 8 31 1SDC210I57F0001 8 1SDC210I59F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210I54F0001 1SDC210I55F0001 1SDC210I56F0001 Caption Front for copper/aluminium 240 mm 2 cables - FC CuAl 240 mm 2 1 Front extended terminals 2 Front terminals for cables 240 mm 2 CuAl 3 Insulating base plate (compulsory) 4 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 5 Drilling templates for support sheet 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210I58F0001 Caption Front extended spread - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 7/103

Dimensional details Tmax T3 Terminals Front extended - EF Caption 1 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 2 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory without 1) 1SDC210I61F0001 8 1SDC210I60F0001 Caption Rear - R 1 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 7/104

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Plug-in circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet Caption 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part with terminal covers, degree of protection IP40 3 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C, RC222-223) 4 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) 1SDC210I62F0001 1SDC210I63F0001 Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door 1SDC210I64F0001 1SDC210I65F0001 1SDC210I66F0001 With fl ange Without fl ange MCCBs Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals 1SDC210I67F0001 1SDC210I68F0001 1SDC210I69F0001 For rear terminals 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210I70F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/105

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Terminals Front - EF 1SDC210I73F0001 1SDC210I74F0001 1SDC210I71F0001 1SDC210I72F0001 Caption Front for copper cables - FC Cu or for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 1 For Cu cables 2 For Cu Al cables 3 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 7/106

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Rear fl at vertical - VR 1SDC210I75F0001 18 1SDC210I76F0001 3-4 POLES 1SDC210I77F0001 Rear fl at horizontal - HR 1SDC210I78F0001 MCCBs 18 1SDC210I79F0001 3-4 POLES 1SDC210I80F0001 7/107

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Plug-in circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet 1SDC210I88F0001 1SDC210I89F0001 1SDC210I85F0001 1SDC210I86F0001 1SDC210I87F0001 1SDC210I90F0001 1SDC210I81F0001 1SDC210I82F0001 1SDC210I83F0001 1SDC210I84F0001 400 A 630 A Caption 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part with terminal covers, degree of protection IP40 3 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C, RC221-222) 4 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door With fl ange Without fl ange Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals 400 A For front terminals 630 A For rear terminals 400 A - 630 A 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210I91F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES A B C D E Rear 400 A Front and rear 630 A 32.5 128.5 143 172.5 64.5 61.8 139 142 185.5 69.5 7/108

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Terminals Front 400 A - EF Front 630 A - F 1SDC210I98F0001 1SDC210I99F0001 1SDC210J01F0001 1SDC210I96F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210I97F0001 1SDC210I92F0001 1SDC210I93F0001 1SDC210I94F0001 1SDC210I95F0001 Caption Front for cables Cu and Cu/Al - FC Cu - FC Cu/Al 1 Front terminals for cables Cu 2 Front terminals for cables Cu/Al 3 High terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 Caption Front extended spread 630 A - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 28 Nm 7/109

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Terminals Rear fl at horizontal 400 A - HR Rear vertical 400 A - VR 1SDC210J02F0001 18 1SDC210J03F0001 1SDC210J04F0001 1SDC210J05F0001 18 1SDC210J06F0001 1SDC210J07F0001 Rear fl at horizontal 630 A - HR Rear vertical 630 A - VR 84 44 1SDC210J08F0001 1SDC210J09F0001 1SDC210J12F0001 1SDC210J10F0001 1SDC210J11F0001 64 104 1SDC210J14F0001 1SDC210J13F0001 7/110

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Withdrawable circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet isolating distance Caption 1 Fixed part 1SDC210J17F0001 2 Moving part 3 Lock for compartment door (available on request) 4 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C, RC222-223) 1SDC210J20F0001 1SDC210J18F0001 1SDC210J19F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210J15F0001 1SDC210J16F0001 Flange for compartment door 1SDC210J21F0001 1SDC210J22F0001 Drilling templates of the compartment door 1SDC210J23F0001 Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals For rear terminals 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/111

Dimensional details Tmax T4 Terminals Front - EF Front for copper cables - FC Cu Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 1SDC210J24F0001 1SDC210J25F0001 1SDC210J26F0001 1SDC210J27F0001 1SDC210J28F0001 1SDC210J29F0001 10.5 Caption Front extended spread - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) = = = = 18 Nm 1SDC210J33F0001 1SDC210J34F0001 1SDC210J35F0001 1SDC210J36F0001 1SDC210J38F0001 1SDC210J30F0001 1SDC210J31F0001 1SDC210J37F0001 1SDC210J32F0001 Rear fl at horizontal - HR Rear fl at vertical - VR 3-4 POLES 3-4 POLES 7/112

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Withdrawable circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet 1SDC210J39F0001 isolating distance 1SDC210J42F0001 isolating distance 1SDC210J40F0001 1SDC210J45F0001 1SDC210J46F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210J47F0001 1SDC210J41F0001 1SDC210J43F0001 1SDC210J44F0001 400 A 630 A Caption 1 Fixed part Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door 2 Moving part with terminal covers, degree of protection IP40 3 Lock for compartment door (available on request) 4 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C, RC222) Drilling templates for support sheet For front terminals 400 A For front terminals 630 A For rear terminals 400 A - 630 A 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210J48F0001 1SDC210J49F0001 1SDC210J50F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES A B C D E Rear 400 A Front and rear 630 A 32.5 128.5 143 172.5 64.5 61.8 139 142 185.5 69.5 7/113

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Terminals Front 400 A - EF Front 630 A - EF Caption 1SDC210J51F0001 Front for cables Cu and Cu/Al 400 A - FC Cu - FC Cu/Al 1SDC210J52F0001 1SDC210J53F0001 1SDC210J54F0001 1 Front terminals for copper cables 2 Front terminals for copper/ aluminium cables 3 Terminals with degree of protection IP40 1SDC210J60F0001 1SDC210J61F0001 1SDC210J62F0001 28 Nm 1SDC210J57F0001 1SDC210J58F0001 1SDC210J59F0001 28 Nm 98.5 98.5 1SDC210J55F0001 1SDC210J56F0001 Caption Front extended spread 400 A - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) Caption Front extended spread 630 A - ES 1 Insulating barriers between phases (compulsory) 7/114

Dimensional details Tmax T5 Rear fl at horizontal 400 A - HR Rear fl at vertical 400 A - VR MCCBs 1SDC210J71F0001 1SDC210J72F0001 1SDC210J73F0001 1SDC210J75F0001 1SDC210J74F0001 5 1SDC210J65F0001 1SDC210J63F0001 1SDC210J64F0001 25 1SDC210J68F0001 1SDC210J66F0001 1SDC210J67F0001 Rear fl at horizontal 630 A - HR Rear fl at vertical 630 A - VR A 1SDC210J69F0001 1SDC210J70F0001 Top view 7/115

Dimensional details Tmax T6 Withdrawable circuit-breaker Caption Fixing on sheet 27.5 corsa isolating di distance sezionamento 3 70 280 (4P) 210 (3P) 70 70 4 1SDC210J78F0001 1 Fixed part 2 Moving part 3 Lock for compartment (available on request) 140 84.5 145 208 295 273 77 144.75 4 Overall dimensions with cabled accessories mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C) 5 167 2 190.5 196 35.5 1SDC210J76F0001 4 123.5 193.5 136.5 1SDC210J77F0001 Flange for compartment door 173 100.25 210 75.25 1SDC210J79F0001 Drilling templates of the compartment door 150 89.5 148.5 = = 43 14 18.5 122 32 R min. 200 18 96.5 1SDC210J80F0001 Drilling templates for support sheet 210 140 70 R 2 R 2 144 77.5 120 144 77.5 120 77.5 214 8.5 - M8 1SDC210J81F0001 77.5 284 107 8.5 - M8 1SDC210J82F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/116

Dimensional details Tmax T6 Terminals Front extended - EF 31 10 3 20 70 70 40 70 14 1SDC210J83F0001 172.5 1SDC210J84F0001 Rear fl at horizontal - HR 3 80.5 10 20 70 70 70 40 14 1SDC210J85F0001 1SDC210J86F0001 3-4 POLES 1SDC210J87F0001 Rear fl at vertical - VR 3 80.5 20 70 70 70 10 40 MCCBs 14 1SDC210J88F0001 1SDC210J89F0001 3-4 POLES 1SDC210J90F0001 7/117

Dimensional details Tmax T7 Withdrawable circuit-breaker Fixing on sheet 4 poles 3 poles Isolating distance Rear fl at vertical VR Rear fl at horizontal HR Drilling templates of the compartment door Caption 1 Compartment door with fl ange sheet drilling 2 Rear segregation for rear terminals 4 Flange fi xing screws 6 Drilling template for fi xing onto support sheet 7 Tightening torque: 9 Nm 8 Front terminals 9 Rear horizontal terminals 10 Rear vertical terminals 11 Rear segregation for front terminals 12 Flange for compartment door 13 Auxiliary contact terminal Drilling templates for support sheet III IV A 160 230 B 206 276 C 219 289 Standard Ronis Profalux Kirk Castell D 287 291 299 298 328 7/118

Dimensional details Tmax T7M Withdrawable circuit-breaker Front extended EF 4 poles 3 poles Isolating distance Rear fl at vertical VR Drilling templates of the compartment door Caption 1 Compartment door steel sheet drilling for fl ange 2 Rear segregation for rear terminals 3 Flange for the compartment door 4 Flange fi xing screws 7 Key lock (optional) 8 Padlock (optional) MCCBs 9 Tightening torque: 9 Nm Rear fl at horizontal HR 10 Front terminal 11 Rear horizontal terminal 12 Rear vertical terminal 13 Rear segregation for front terminals Drilling templates for support sheet 14 Flange for compartment door 15 Auxiliary contact terminal III IV A 160 230 B 206 276 C 219 289 Standard Ronis Profalux Kirk Castell D 290 298 306 NO NO E 287 291 299 298 328 7/119

Dimensional details Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release Tmax T1 with RC222 for 200 mm module Fixed version Caption 1 Depth of the switchboard with circuit-breaker face extending Front terminals - F 153.2 101.2 38.1 Fixing on sheet 11.5 102 2 Depth of the switchboard with circuit-breaker face fl ush with door 3 Terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 155.5 65 76.2 104 52 24.5 17 45 25 25 25 168.2 3 1.1 Nm 70 7 Nm 1SDC210J91F0001 Drilling templates of the compartment door For A = 71 - without fl ange Drilling templates for support sheet 18 116.1 39.1 87.5 25 25 47 116.1 54 78.2 47 18 107 1SDC210J92F0001 53.5 For A = 79 - without fl ange 7/120

Dimensional details Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Fixed version T1 Front - F Fixing on sheet Rear fl at horizontal - HR 102 83 1SDC210J95F0001 MCCBs 184.8 45 17 1SDC210J93F0001 60.8 4 70 1SDC210J94F0001 T2 T3 Caption 1 Depth of the switchboard with circuit-breaker face extending 2 Depth of the switchboard with circuit-breaker face fl ush with door 3 Front terminals for cable connection 1SDC210J96F0001 4 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 7/121

Dimensional details Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Fixed version Flange for the compartment door T1 T2 T3 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210J97F0001 Drilling template for fixing sheet T1 - T2 - T3 3 POLES 4 POLES T1 rear fl at horizontal - HR 4 POLES 78.1 25 25 53.5 107 25 25 25 124 1SDC210J97F0001 98.5 133 36.75 1SDC210J98 F0001 A B C D E F T1 124 107 53.5 78.1 25 53.1 T2 124 107 53.5 90 30 60 T3 141.5 122 61 102.5 35 67.5 7/122

Dimensional details Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Drilling templates of the compartment door Without flange face extending Without flange face not extending With flange face not extending 3 POLES T1 - T2 - T3 T1 T1 - T2 - T3 T2 - T3 4 POLES T1 - T2 - T3 T1 - T2 - T3 T1 - T2 - T3 1SDC210J99F0001 MCCBs A B C D E F G H T1 18 108.2 94.1 23.5 113 78.1 39.1 T2 18 122 106 76 23.5 120 90 46 T3 13.5 137 118.5 83.5 19 127.4 102.5 53.5 7/123

Dimensional details Circuit-breaker with RC222 residual current release Tmax T4 - T5 Fixed version Front - F, fi xing on sheet T4 T5 (400 A) (1) 1SDC210K01F0001 1SDC210K02F0001 1SDC210K05F0001 1SDC210K06F0001 1SDC210K07F0001 1SDC210K08F0001 1SDC210K03F0001 1SDC210K04F0001 Caption 1 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) (1) For T5 (630 A) ask ABB SACE Flange for the compartment door Drilling templates of compartment door and fitting flange For circuit-breakers For residual current release With fl ange Without fl ange 7/124

Dimensional details Circuit-breaker with RC222 residual current release Tmax T4 - T5 Drilling templates for support sheet T4 T5 MCCBs 1SDC210K11F0001 1SDC210K12F0001 1SDC210K09F0001 1SDC210K10F0001 7/125

Dimensional details Circuit-breaker with RC222 residual current release Tmax T4 - T5 Plug-in version Front - F, fi xing on sheet T4 T5 (400 A) (1) 52.5 1SDC210K13F0001 Caption 1SDC210K14F0001 1SDC210K15F0001 1SDC210K16F0001 1 Fixed part 2 Mobile part 3 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) (1) For T5 (630 A) ask ABB SACE Flange for the compartment door Drilling templates of compartment door and fitting flange 1SDC210K21F0001 1SDC210K22F0001 1SDC210K17F0001 1SDC210K19F0001 1SDC210K20F0001 1SDC210K18F0001 For circuit-breakers For residual current release With fl ange Without fl ange Drilling templates for support sheet T4 T5 7/126

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Fixed version Solenoid operator superimposed T1 T2 T3 1SDC210K28F0001 1SDC210K29F0001 1SDC210K26F0001 1SDC210K27F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210K25F0001 1SDC210K23F0001 1SDC210K24F0001 Caption 1 Depth of the switchboard with operating mechanism face extending 2 Depth of the switchboard with operating mechanism face fl ush with door 3 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 Flange for compartment door Drilling templates of the compartment door A B C T1 33.5 18 23.5 Without fl ange Operating mechanism face extending Without fl ange Operating mechanism face fl ush with door With fl ange Operating mechanism face fl ush with door T2 33.5 18 23.5 T3 29 13.5 19 7/127

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Fixed version Caption 1 Circuit-breaker face extending Solenoid operator side by side T1 2 Circuit-breaker face flush with door 3 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 1SDC210K30F0001 1SDC210K31F0001 Drilling templates for fixing sheet Drilling templates of the compartment door 3 POLES 1SDC210K33F0001 A B 3P 79 161.3 71 161.3 4P 79 161.3 71 186.3 4 POLES 1SDC210K32F0001 7/128

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Caption 1 Circuit-breaker face extending 2 Circuit-breaker face flush with door Solenoid operator side by side T2 3 Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40 1SDC210K37F0001 1SDC210K34F0001 1SDC210K35F0001 Drilling templates for fixing sheet Drilling templates of the compartment door 3 POLES MCCBs A B 3P 79 161.3 71 161.3 4P 79 161.3 71 198.2 4 POLES 1SDC210K36F0001 7/129

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Fixed version Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door 1SDC210K38F0001 Heights for door with maximum distance 1SDC210K39F0001 Caption 1 Transmission unit 178 with IP54 Drilling template of the compartment door 2 Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door A B T1-T2 28 14 T3 32.5 9.5 Heights for door with minimum distance 1SDC210K40F0001 1SDC210K41F0001 Minimum rotation radius for door fulcrum Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker Caption 1 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuitbreaker 1SDC210K42F0001 1SDC210K43F0001 Drilling: see Det. A 1SDC210K46F0001 1SDC210K44F0001 A B C D T1-T2 67.7 28 53.2 60.5 T3 63.2 32.5 48.7 56 Drilling template of the compartment door Flange for the compartment door 1SDC210K45F0001 7/130

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Mechanical interlock between circuit-breakers Front interlocking plate between two circuit-breakers 305 3 110.5 152.5 152.5 92 65 100 81 MIN. 25 MCCBs 110 25 97 17 45 60 8 B A D C 26 153.5 307 153.5 E F 97 F E 62 470 3 110.5 152.5 65 165 152.5 65 100 92 81 MIN. 25 110 25 97 8 45 60 17 1SDC210K47F0001 Caption 1 Drilling templates of the compartment door 2 Drilling templates for support sheet 1SDC210K48F0001 1SDC210K49F0001 Front interlocking plate between three circuit-breakers 1SDC210K50F0001 B A 165 C D C D 26 472 153.5 165 153.5 E F 97 F A E B F E 1SDC210K51F0001 62 1SDC210K52F0001 A B C D E F T1 52.5 77.5 112.5 87.5 53.5 53.5 T2 50 80 115 85 53.5 53.5 T3 47.5 82.5 117.5 82.5 56.5 65.5 7/131

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3 Caption 1 Interlocking mechanism 2 Circuit-breakers coupling plate Mechanical rear horizontal interlock between two T3 circuit-breakers = 440 = = = 400 = = Z = 400 = = 165 68,5 = = Z 165 n 7 3 Drilling template for all terminal versions 2 R 30 = 88 300 = = K K K K = 330 = = Z Z 1 Z 65 = 88 300 = = 56 = = 3 Z Caption 1 Interlocking mechanism 2 Circuit-breakers coupling plate 3 Drilling template for all terminal versions Mechanical rear vertical interlock between two T3 circuit-breakers = 228 = = = 190 = 65 = = Z 2 88 = n 7 R 30 190 = = 165 Z 25 88 540 = = K K K K K K = 56 3 590 = = 28 = = 540 = = 1 = 88 56 88 Z Z The mechanical rear vertical interlock for Tmax T3 is not compatible with the RC221 and RC222 residual current releases. 7/132

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5 Fixed version Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door Caption 1 Transmission unit 2 Rotary handle assembly with door lock device 3 Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to be provided by the user) 4 IP54 protection (supplied on request) 5 Min max distance from the front of the door without accessory 4 1SDC210K53F0001 Drilling of compartment door 1SDC210K54F0001 6 Min max distance from the front of the door with accessory 4 7 Dimension with AUE connector (early making contact) Minimum rotation radius for door fulcrum 1SDC210K55F0001 1SDC210K56F0001 Caption 1 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker Det. A 2 Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to be provided by the user) 3 Dimension with AUE connector (early making contact) Det. A 1SDC210K59F0001 MCCBs 4 Compartment door lock 1SDC210K57F0001 1SDC210K58F0001 Drilling template of the compartment door Flange for the compartment door With fl ange 1SDC210K60F0001 Without fl ange 1SDC210K61F0001 1SDC210K62F0001 7/133

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5 Caption 1 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) Motor operator T4 T5 1SDC210K69F0001 1SDC210K70F0001 1SDC210K71F0001 1SDC210K72F0001 1SDC210K66F0001 1SDC210K67F0001 1SDC210K68F0001 1SDC210K63F0001 1SDC210K64F0001 1SDC210K65F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) Drilling template of the compartment door With fl ange Without fl ange Drilling template for support sheet T4 T5 3 POLES 4 POLES 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/134

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5 Fixed version Front for lever operating mechanism Caption 1 Front for lever operating mechanism T4 T5 2 Lock for the compartment door (supplied on request) Det. A 1SDC210K76F0001 1SDC210K73F0001 1SDC210K74F0001 1SDC210K75F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) Drilling template for the compartment door Drilling for detail A Det. A min 1SDC210K77F0001 min 1SDC210K78F0001 1SDC210K79F0001 With fl ange Without fl ange Drilling template for support sheet MCCBs A B C T4 35 70 17.5 T5 46.5 93 23.25 1SDC210K80F0001 3 POLES 4 POLES 1SDC210K81F0001 7/135

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5 Caption Interlock between two circuit-breakers placed side by side 1 Interlocking mechanism 2 Circuit-breaker coupling plate 1SDC210K84F0001 1SDC210K83F0001 1SDC210K82F0001 Caption Drilling templates for fixing the circuit-breaker on the support sheet 1 Drilling template for all versions with rear terminals 7/136

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5 Fixed version Interlock between two circuit-breakers placed side by side 1SDC210K85F0001 A B C 1SDC210K86F0001 1SDC210K87F0001 D 1SDC210K88F0001 E 1SDC210K89F0001 F 1SDC210K90F0001 Circuit-breakers A B N 1 T4 (F-P-W) N 1 T4 (F-P-W) N 1 T4 (F-P-W) N 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F) MCCBs C D E F Note: (F) Fixed circuit-breaker (P) Plug-in circuit-breaker (W) Withdrawable circuit-breaker N 1 T4 (F-P-W) N 1 T5 630 (P-W) N 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F) N 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F) N 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F) N 1 T5 630 (P-W) N 1 T5 630 (P-W) N 1 T5 630 (P-W) 7/137

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5 Withdrawable version Motor operator T4 T5 (400 A) isolating distance 1SDC210K95F0001 1SDC210K96F0001 1SDC210K91F0001 1SDC210K92F0001 1SDC210K93F0001 1.2 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm T5 (630 A) 2 27.5 272 isolating distance 5 25 121.8 75.2 101.3 46.5 46.5 46.5 46.5 1.1 Nm 105 59.5 n 5.5 12 166 156.5 250 125 89 2 Nm 313 2 Nm 105 283 3 17.5 69.75 n 10 1SDC210K94F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) Drilling templates for the compartment door and fitting flange 7/138

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5 Withdrawable version Rotary handle operating mechanism on the circuit-breakers isolating distance Caption 1 Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to be provided by the user) 2 Lock for compartment door Det. A 1SDC210K97F0001 3 Dimension with AUE connector (early making contact) 3 1SDC210K98F0001 24.5 MCCBs 1SDC210K99F0001 Flange for the compartment door Drilling template for compartment door and fitting flange Drilling for detail A 1SDC210L01F0001 1SDC210L02F0001 7/139

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T6 Fixed version Caption 1 Transmission unit Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door 110.. 500 5.5 103.5 85..500 5.5 25 25 2 Rotary handle assembly with door lock device 3 Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to be provided by the user) 4 IP54 protection (supplied on request) 5 Min max distance from the front of the door without accessory 4 6 Min max distance from the front of the door with accessory 4 5.5 2.7 2.7 41.5 42.5 45 82 105.5 1SDC210L03F0001 R 31.5 3 Drilling of compartment door 50 2 2 1SDC210L04F0001 7 Dimension with AUE connector (early making contact) 83 50 32 105 R 200 min. Minimum rotation radius for door fulcrum 1SDC210L05F0001 5 41.5 42.5 1SDC210L06F0001 Caption Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker 1 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuitbreaker 146.5 103.5 190 33 5.5 140 5.5 4 Det. A 2 Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to be provided by the user) 3 Dimension with AUE connector (early making contact) 5.5 42.5 84.5 140 2 1SDC210L09F0001 4 Compartment door lock 3 140.5 2 1SDC210L07F0001 2.7 2.7 41.5 1SDC210L08F0001 Drilling template of the compartment door 43 14 43 14 Flange for the compartment door 152 90 151 148.5 R min. 200 With fl ange 96.5 1SDC210L10F0001 85.5 142 142 R min. 200 Without fl ange 96.5 1SDC210L11F0001 173 100.25 1SDC210L12F0001 7/140

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T6 Fixed version Motor operator Caption 5.5 140 = = 5.5 191.5 1 Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY) 5.5 14 0 1SDC210L13F0001 3 222 2 233 1SDC210L14F0001 MCCBs 70 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) 152 = = Drilling template of the compartment door 148,5 = = 142 = = 173 86.5 75,75 151 R min. 200 1SDC210L16F0001 71.25 142 R min. 200 1SDC210L17F0001 5.5 -M5 70 5.5 -M5 140 237 118.5 237 118.5 35 1SDC210L18F0001 1SDC210L19F0001 1SDC210L15F0001 With fl ange Without fl ange Drilling template for support sheet 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/141

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T6 Caption 1 Front for lever operating mechanism 2 Lock for the compartment door Front for lever operating mechanism 2.7 2.7 140 = = 158 146.5 103.5 17 Det. A 140 84.5 1SDC210L20F0001 3 140.5 2 1SDC210L21F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) Drilling template for the compartment door 43 14 Drilling of details A 43 14 Det. A 152 = = 4 173 100.25 1SDC210L22F0001 90 151 148.5 R min. 200 96.5 1SDC210L23F0001 85.5 142 142 R min. 200 96.5 1SDC210L24F0001 1SDC210L25F0001 70 5.5 -M5 5.5 - M5 140 237 118.5 237 118.5 35 1SDC210L26F0001 1SDC210L27F0001 Drilling template for support sheet 3 POLES 4 POLES 7/142

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T6 Withdrawable version Motor operator 27.5 corsa isolating di distance sezionamento 241 140 14 0 70 37 3 281.5 1SDC210L28F0001 1SDC210L29F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) Drilling templates for the compartment door and fitting flange 210 75.25 173 86.25 1SDC210L30F0001 150 75.25 148.5 = = 32.5 122 32 18 R min. 200 1SDC210L31F0001 MCCBs 7/143

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T6 Caption 1 Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to be provided by the user) Rotary handle operating mechanism on the circuit-breakers Det. A 27.5 corsa isolating di distance sezionamento 4 140 2 Lock for compartment door 3 Dimension with AUE connector (early making contact) 1 2 1SDC210L36F0001 84.5 140 3 190.5 2 240 33 1SDC210L32F0001 3 1SDC210L33F0001 Flange for the compartment door 210 75.25 Drilling template for compartment door and fitting flange 43 14 Drilling for detail A 173 100.25 1SDC210L34F0001 150 89.5 18.5 148.5 = = 122 32 18 R min. 200 96.5 1SDC210L35F0001 7/144

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T7 Fixed circuit-breaker Caption Rotary handle operating mechanism on the circuit-breaker 4 poles 3 poles 1 Rotary handle operating mechanism for circuit-breaker 2 Compartment door interlock 3 Flange for the compartment door 4 Flange fi xing screws 6 Support sheet drilling template 7 Key lock (optional) 8 Tightening torque: 2 Nm 9 Compartment door with fl ange sheet drilling 10 Compartment door sheet drilling for front 206 x 204 11 Terminal for auxiliary contacts 12 Reduced fl ange of the rotary handle for the compartment door (optional) 13 Compartment door sheet drilling for rotary handle 14 Compartment door sheet drilling without the rotary handle fl ange With flange Without flange A 125...141 147 III IV C 70 140 1SDC210L66F0001 1SDC210L66F0001 MCCBs 1SDC210L50F0001 Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard) Drilling templates for support sheet Drilling templates of the compartment door HOLES 1SDC210L51F0001 7/145

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T7 Withdrawable circuit-breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door 4 poles 3 poles Isolating distance Horizontal rear terminal Vertical rear terminal Drilling templates of the compartment door Legenda 1 Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breakers 2 Rear segregation for rear terminals 4 Flange fi xing screws 6 Drilling template for fi xing onto support sheet 7 Key lock (optional) 8 Tightening torque: 8 Nm III IV A 160 230 B 206 276 C 219 289 9 Compartment door with fl ange sheet drilling 10 Front terminals 11 Rear horizontal terminals 12 Rear vertical terminals Drilling templates for support sheet 13 Rear segregation for front terminals 14 Flange for the compartment door 15 Auxiliary contact terminal 7/146

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T7 Caption Mechanical interlock for fixed circuit-breakers 3 Mechanical vertical interlock for fi xed circuit-breakers 4 Mechanical horizontal interlock for fi xed circuit-breakers 5 Sheet drilling for wire passage of the mechanical interlock MCCBs 7/147

Dimensional details Accessories for Tmax T7 Legenda Mechanical interlock for withdrawable circuit-breakers 1 Mechanical vertical interlock for withdrawable circuit-breakers 2 Mechanical horizontal interlock for withdrawable circuitbreakers 5 Sheet drilling for wire passage of the mechanical interlock 7/148

Dimensional details Distances to be respected Insulation distances for installation in metallic cubicle A B C (mm) (mm) (mm) T1 25 20 20 T2 25 20 20 T3 50 25 20 T4 30 (*) 25 25 (*) T5 30 (*) 25 25 (*) T6 35 (*) 25 20 T7 50 (*) 20 10 (*) For Ub 440 V and T6L all versions: distances A 100 mm Note: For the insulation distances of the 1000 V circuit-breakers, please ask ABB SACE. 1SDC210L37F0001 Minimum centre distance between two circuit-breakers side by side or superimposed For assembly side by side or superimposed, check that the connection busbars or cables do not reduce the air insulation distance Minimum centre distance for two circuit-breakers side by side Circuit-breaker width (mm) Centre distance I (mm) T1 76 102 76 102 T2 90 120 90 120 T3 105 140 105 140 T4 105 140 105 140 T5 140 184 140 184 T6 210 280 210 280 T7 210 280 210 280 (*) For Ub: 500 V minimum centre I (mm) 3 poles 180, minimum centre I (mm) 4 poles 224 1SDC210L38F0001 MCCBs Minimum centre distance for superimposed circuit-breakers H (mm) T1 60 T2 90 T3 140 T4 160 T5 160 T6 180 T7 180 Caption 1 Connection - not insulated 2 Insulated cable 3 Cable terminal Note: The dimensions shown apply for operating voltage Ub up to 690 V. The dimensions to be respected must be added to the maximum dimensions of the various different versions of the circuit-breakers, including the terminals. For 1000 V versions, please ask ABB. 1SDC210L39F0001 7/149

Air circuit Breake Air circuit-breakers

Air circuit-breakers Emax Contents Automatic circuit-breakers General information... 7/153 Technical Data... 7/154 Ordering details... 7/156 Automatic circuit-breakers with full-size neutral conductor Technical Data... 7/195 Ordering details... 7/196 Switch-disconnectors Technical Data... 7/198 Ordering details... 7/199 Automatic circuit-breakers for applications up to 1150 V AC Technical Data... 7/211 Ordering details... 7/212 Switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC Technical Data... 7/216 Ordering details... 7/217 Switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC Technical Data... 7/222 Ordering details... 7/223 CS sectionalizing trucks Ordering details... 7/228 ACBs MTP earthing switch Ordering details... 7/229 MT earthing truck Ordering details... 7/230 FP Fixed parts Ordering details... 7/231 Conversion kit for fixed circuit-breaker or fixed parts... 7/233 Extra codes... 7/235 Accessories... 7/236 Order examples... 7/246 Dimensional Details Fixed circuit-breaker... 7/251 Withdrawable circuit-breaker... 7/262 Mechanical interlock... 7/270 Circuit-breaker accessories... 7/272 7/151

Air circuit-breakers Emax series General information The new series of Emax air circuit-breakers consists of six sizes (X1, E1, E2, E3, E4 and E6) in the fixed and withdrawable versions, with rated uninterrupted currents from 630 to 6300 A and breaking capacities up to 150 ka at 415 V. Different models of circuit-breakers for each size are available, all with the same dimensions, but with various rated currents and with different breaking capacities, identified by letters, as specified in the table. The series is completed by a range of current-limiting circuit-breakers, of different construction concept, particularly recommended in plants characterised by high short-circuit currents. Customisation of the circuit-breaker is carried out by means of a complete range of accessories common over the whole range, which can be installed from the front of the circuit-breaker without the need for any internal cabling. Furthermore, the following are available: versions with full neutral, provided for the whole range for applications where the homopolar line current is high; derived versions, for specific uses, such as switch-disconnectors, isolating truck, earthing switch with making capacity, and earthing truck; special versions: 1150 V AC circuit-breakers, 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC switch-disconnectors, as well as applications for anti-seismic installations, marine uses or suitable for particularly aggressive environments (SO2/H2S). They can be used both as circuit-breakers for general protection (of plants, of user complexes and of electric lines) and as protection circuit-breakers of electrical machines (generators, motors, transformers, capacitors). They are used in all types of plants (civil, industrial, and in the service sector) as well as in the equipment on-board ships, in mines, in prefabricated substations, and for primary and secondary distribution in general. For protection in alternating current, the circuit-breakers are fitted with the new series of electronic trip units which offer the following main characteristics: PR121/P (on E1-E6) and PR331 (on X1), with protection functions only (L, S, I, G); PR122/P (on E1-E6) and PR332 (on X1), with protection functions (L, S, I, G), measurement of current and dialogue (Modbus RTU protocol); PR123/P (on E1-E6) and PR333 (on X1) with protection functions (L, S, I, G, T, V, UN, RP, D), measurement (current, voltage, power, energy and harmonic distortion), self-test, signals, data storage, control of the circuit-breaker and dialogue (Modbus RTU protocol). All the Emax circuit-breakers have the same height and depth both in the fixed and withdrawable version and allow construction of compact switchgear. They are fitted with many features which mean the personnel can always work under conditions of maximum safety, such as racking-out with the door closed, degree of protection towards the outside up to IP54, an articulated series of safety locks and double insulation. The innovative structure of the pole guarantees complete insulation between phases and between phase and neutral and ensures full possibility of inspection of the arcing chamber and the main contacts. SD Pocket is an innovative function which means a PC, even a hand-held one, can dialogue with Emax thanks to the Bluetooth technology. By means of the PC, and without any cable, the following is now possible: for example, the setting of the various protections, display of the measurements including those stored in the Data Logger, to verify the state of the circuit-breaker, know the number of operations carried out, etc. ACBs Conformity with Standards The Emax circuit-breakers and their accessories are according to the international IEC 947, EN 60947 (harmonised in 28 countries of the CENELEC), CEI EN 60947 and IEC 6100 Standards and conform to the EC Directive: Low Voltage Directives (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC; Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC. Furthermore, a series of Emax circuit-breakers conforming to the UL 1066 Standards is available. 7/153

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Technical Data X1 E1 E2 Automatic circuit-breakers X1B X1N X1L E1B E1N E2B E2N E2S E2L Poles [N ] 3-4 3-4 3-4 4p CB neutral current-carrying capacity [% Iu] 100 100 100 Iu (40 C) [A] 630-800- 630-800- 630-800- 800-1000- 800-1000- 1600-2000 1000-1250- 800-1000- 1250-1600 1000-1250- 1000-1250- 1000-1250- 1250-1600 1250-1600 1600-2000 1250-1600- 1600 1600 2000 Ue [V~] 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 Icu (220...415V) [ka] 42 65 150 42 50 42 65 85 130 Ics (220...415V) [ka] 42 50 150 42 50 42 65 85 130 Icw (1s) [ka] 42 42 15 42 50 42 55 65 10 (3s) [ka] 36 36 42 42 42 Automatic circuit-breakers with full-size neutral conductor Poles [N ] Standard version Standard version Standard version 4p CB neutral current-carrying capacity [% Iu] Iu (40 C) [A] Ue [V~] Icu (220...415V) [ka] Ics (220...415V) [ka] Icw (1s) [ka] (3s) [ka] Switch-disconnectors X1B/MS E1B/MS E1N/MS E2B/MS E2N/MS E2S/MS Poles [N ] 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 Iu (40 C) [A] 1000-1250 800-1000- 800-1000- 1600-2000 1000-1250- 1000-1250- 1600 1250-1600 1250-1600 1600-2000 1600-2000 Ue [V~] 690 690 690 690 690 690 Icw (1s) [ka] 42 42 50 42 55 65 (3s) [ka] 36 36 42 42 42 Icm (220...440V) [ka] 88.2 88.2 105 88.2 121 143 Automatic circuit-breakers for applications up to 1150 V AC * X1B/E E2B/E E2N/E Poles [N ] 3-4 3-4 3-4 Iu (40 C) [A] 630-800-1000-1600-2000 1250-1600- 1250-1600 2000 Ue [V~] 1000 1150 1150 Icu (1150V) [ka] 20 20 30 Ics (1150V) [ka] 20 20 30 Icw (1s) [ka] 20 20 30 Switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC * X1B/E MS E2B/E MS E2N/E MS Poles [N ] 3-4 3-4 3-4 Iu (40 C) [A] 1000-1250- 1600-2000 1250-1600- 1600 2000 Ue [V~] 1000 1150 1150 Icw (1s) [ka] 20 20 30 Icm (1000V) [ka] 40 40 63 Switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC E1B/E MS E2N/E MS Poles [N ] 3-4 3-4 Iu (40 C) [A] 800-1250 1250-1600-2000 Ue [V-] 750 (3p)-1000 (4p) 750 (3p)-1000 (4p) Icw (1s) [ka] 20 25 Icm (750V) [ka] 42 52.5 (1000V) [ka] 42 52.5 Sectionalizing truck E1 CS E2 CS Iu (40 C) [A] 1250 2000 Earthing switch with making capacity E1 MTP E2 MTP Iu (40 C) [A] 1250 2000 Earthing truck E1 MT E2 MT Iu (40 C) [A] 1250 2000 (*) 1000V for Emax X1 7/154

E3 E4 E6 E3N E3S E3H E3V E3L E4S E4H E4V E6H E6V 3-4 3-4 3-4 100 50 50 1000-1250- 800-1000-1250-800-1250-1600-2000-1600-2000-1600-2000-4000- 3200-4000- 2500-3200 2500-3200 2500-3200 2500-3200 2000-2500 4000 3200-4000 3200-4000 5000-6300 5000-6300 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 65 75 100 130 130 75 100 150 100 150 65 75 85 100 130 75 100 150 100 125 65 75 75 85 15 75 100 100 100 100 65 65 65 65 75 75 75 85 85 E4S/f E4H/f E6H/f Standard version 4 4 4 100 100 100 4000 3200-4000 4000-5000-6300 690 690 690 80 100 100 80 100 100 80 85 100 75 75 100 E3N/MS E3S/MS E3V/MS E4S/MS E4H/MS E4H/f MS E6H/MS E6H/f MS 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 4 3-4 4 1000-1250-1600-800-1250-1600- 4000-5000- 4000-5000- 2500-3200 2000-2500-3200 2000-2500-3200 4000 3200-4000 3200-4000 6300 6300 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 65 75 85 75 100 85 100 100 65 65 65 75 75 75 85 85 143 165 286 165 220 220 220 220 E3H/E E4H/E E6H/E 3-4 3-4 3-4 1250-1600-2000-4000-5000 2500-3200 3200-4000 6300 1150 1150 1150 30 (*) 65 65 30 (*) 65 65 30 (*) 65 65 E3H/E MS E4H/E MS E6H/E MS 3-4 3-4 3-4 1250-1600-2000-4000-5000 2500-3200 3200-4000 6300 1150 1150 1150 50 65 65 105 143 143 ACBs E3H/E MS E4H/E MS E6H/E MS 3-4 3-4 3-4 1250-1600-2000-2500-3200 3200-4000 4000-5000-6300 750 (3p)-1000 (4p) 750 (3p) - 1000 (4p) 750 (3p) - 1000 (4p) 40 65 65 105 143 143 105 143 143 E3 CS E4 CS E6 CS 3200 4000 6300 E3 MTP E4 MTP E6 MTP 3200 4000 6300 E3 MT E4 MT E6 MT 3200 4000 6300 7/155

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - Reading information Abbreviations used to describe the apparatus of connection terminals: X1 Fixed circuit-breaker HR/VR = Rear terminals (horizontal, vertical or adjustable) F = Front terminals MC CuAl = Multicable terminals for CuAl ES = Spreaded front terminals EF = Front extended terminals Withdrawable circuit-breaker HR/VR = Adjustable rear terminals (horizontal or vertical) EF = Front extended terminals E1-E6 Fixed circuit-breaker E1-E6 HR = Horizontal rear terminals VR = Vertical rear terminals F = Front terminals Withdrawable circuit-breaker HR = Horizontal rear terminals VR = Vertical rear terminals F = Front terminals FL = Flat terminals 7/156 1SDC007200C0201 0702_Emax.indb 156 1-12-2006 16:32:52

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - Reading information Versions: F Fixed W Withdrawable MP Moving part for withdrawable circuit-breakers FP Fixed part for withdrawable circuit-breakers Other versions: /MS Switch-disconnector /E Automatic circuit-breaker for applications up to 1150 V /E MS Switch-disconnector for applications up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC CS Sectionalizing truck MTP Earthing switch MT Earthing truck of currents: Iu [A] Rated uninterrupted current of the circuit-breaker In [A] Rated current of the electronic trip unit current transformers Icu [A] Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icw [ka] Rated short-time withstand current AC Alternate Current applications DC Direct Current applications of protection trip units: PR121/P PR121/P Electronic trip unit (LI, LSI, LSIG functions) PR122/P PR122/P Electronic trip unit (LSI, LSIG, LSIRc functions) PR123/P PR123/P Electronic trip unit (LSIG functions) PR331/P PR331/P Electronic trip unit (LI, LSI, LSIG functions) PR332/P PR332/P Electronic trip unit (LSI, LSIG, LSIRc functions) PR333/P PR333/P Electronic trip unit (LSI, LSIG functions) Protection functions: L Protection against overload with long inverse time-delay trip S Selective protection against short-circuit with short inverse or definite time-delay trip I Protection against instantaneous short-circuit with adjustable trip current threshold G Protection against earth faults Rc Protection against residual current earth faults ACBs 7/157 1SDC007200C0201

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1B 06 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 061996 061999 LSI 061997 062000 062003 LSIG 061998 062001 062004 LSIRc 062002 LI 062005 062008 LSI 062006 062009 062012 LSIG 062007 062010 062013 LSIRc 062011 X1N 06 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062173 062176 LSI 062174 062177 062180 LSIG 062175 062178 062181 LSIRc 062179 LI 062182 062185 LSI 062183 062186 062189 LSIG 062184 062187 062190 LSIRc 062188 X1L 06 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka F = Front terminals LI 062209 062212 LSI 062210 062213 062216 LSIG 062211 062214 062217 LSIRc 062215 LI 062218 062221 LSI 062219 062222 062225 LSIG 062220 062223 062226 LSIRc 062224 X1B 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062245 062248 LSI 062246 062249 062252 LSIG 062247 062250 062253 LSIRc 062251 LI 062254 062257 LSI 062255 062258 062261 LSIG 062256 062259 062262 LSIRc 062260 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/158

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1N 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062281 062284 LSI 062282 062285 062288 LSIG 062283 062286 062289 LSIRc 062287 LI 062290 062293 LSI 062291 062294 062297 LSIG 062292 062295 062298 LSIRc 062296 X1L 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka F = Front terminals LI 062317 062320 LSI 062318 062321 062324 LSIG 062319 062322 062325 LSIRc 062323 LI 062326 062329 LSI 062327 062330 062333 LSIG 062328 062331 062334 LSIRc 062332 X1B 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062353 062356 LSI 062354 062357 062360 LSIG 062355 062358 062361 LSIRc 062359 LI 062362 062365 LSI 062363 062366 062369 LSIG 062364 062367 062370 LSIRc 062368 ACBs X1N 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062389 062392 LSI 062390 062393 062396 LSIG 062391 062394 062397 LSIRc 062395 LI 062398 062401 LSI 062399 062402 062405 LSIG 062400 062403 062406 LSIRc 062404 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/159

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1L 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka F = Front terminals LI 062425 062428 LSI 062426 062429 062432 LSIG 062427 062430 062433 LSIRc 062431 LI 062434 062437 LSI 062435 062438 062441 LSIG 062436 062439 062442 LSIRc 062440 X1B 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062461 062464 LSI 062462 062465 062468 LSIG 062463 062466 062469 LSIRc 062467 LI 062470 062473 LSI 062471 062474 062477 LSIG 062472 062475 062478 LSIRc X1N 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062497 062500 LSI 062498 062501 062504 LSIG 062499 062502 062505 LSIRc 062503 LI 062506 062509 LSI 062507 062510 062513 LSIG 062508 062511 062514 LSIRc 062512 X1L 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka F = Front terminals LI 062533 062536 LSI 062534 062537 062540 LSIG 062535 062538 062541 LSIRc 062539 LI 062542 062545 LSI 062543 062546 062549 LSIG 062544 062547 062550 LSIRc 062548 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/160

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1B 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062569 062572 LSI 062570 062573 062576 LSIG 062571 062574 062577 LSIRc 062575 LI 062578 062581 LSI 062579 062582 062585 LSIG 062580 062583 062586 LSIRc 062584 X1N 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals LI 062605 062608 LSI 062606 062609 062612 LSIG 062607 062610 062613 LSIRc 062611 LI 062614 062617 LSI 062615 062618 062621 LSIG 062616 062619 062622 LSIRc 062620 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/161

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1B 06 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062014 062017 LSI 062015 062018 062021 LSIG 062016 062019 062022 LSIRc 062020 LI 062023 062026 LSI 062024 062027 062030 LSIG 062025 062028 062031 LSIRc 062029 X1N 06 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062191 062194 LSI 062192 062195 062198 LSIG 062193 062196 062199 LSIRc 062197 LI 062200 062203 LSI 062201 062204 062207 LSIG 062202 062205 062208 LSIRc 062206 X1L 06 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka LI 062227 062230 LSI 062228 062231 062234 LSIG 062229 062232 062235 LSIRc 062233 LI 062236 062239 LSI 062237 062240 062243 LSIG 062238 062241 062244 LSIRc 062242 X1B 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062263 062266 LSI 062264 062267 062270 LSIG 062265 062268 062271 LSIRc 062269 LI 062272 062275 LSI 062273 062276 062279 LSIG 062274 062277 062280 LSIRc 062278 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/162

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1N 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062299 062302 LSI 062300 062303 062306 LSIG 062301 062304 062307 LSIRc 062305 LI 062308 062311 LSI 062309 062312 062315 LSIG 062310 062313 062316 LSIRc 062314 X1L 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka LI 062335 062338 LSI 062336 062339 062342 LSIG 062337 062340 062343 LSIRc 062341 LI 062344 062347 LSI 062345 062348 062351 LSIG 062346 062349 062352 LSIRc 062350 X1B 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062371 062374 LSI 062372 062375 062378 LSIG 062373 062376 062379 LSIRc 062377 LI 062380 062383 LSI 062381 062384 062387 LSIG 062382 062385 062388 LSIRc 062386 ACBs X1N 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062407 062410 LSI 062408 062411 062414 LSIG 062409 062412 062415 LSIRc 062413 LI 062416 062419 LSI 062417 062420 062423 LSIG 062418 062421 062424 LSIRc 062422 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/163

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1L 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka LI 062443 062446 LSI 062444 062447 062450 LSIG 062445 062448 062451 LSIRc 062449 LI 062452 062455 LSI 062453 062456 062459 LSIG 062454 062457 062460 LSIRc 062458 X1B 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062479 062482 LSI 062480 062483 062486 LSIG 062481 062484 062487 LSIRc 062485 LI 062488 062491 LSI 062489 062492 062495 LSIG 062490 062493 062496 LSIRc 062494 X1N 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062515 062518 LSI 062516 062519 062522 LSIG 062517 062520 062523 LSIRc 062521 LI 062524 062527 LSI 062525 062528 062531 LSIG 062526 062529 062532 LSIRc 062530 X1L 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka LI 062551 062554 LSI 062552 062555 062558 LSIG 062553 062556 062559 LSIRc 062557 LI 062560 062563 LSI 062561 062564 062567 LSIG 062562 062565 062568 LSIRc 062566 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/164

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - X1 PR331/P PR332/P PR333/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 X1B 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062587 062590 LSI 062588 062591 062594 LSIG 062589 062592 062595 LSIRc 062593 LI 062596 062599 LSI 062597 062600 062603 LSIG 062598 062601 062604 LSIRc 062602 X1N 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 062623 062626 LSI 062624 062627 062630 LSIG 062625 062628 062631 LSIRc 062629 LI 062632 062635 LSI 062633 062636 062639 LSIG 062634 062637 062640 LSIRc 062638 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/165

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E1 1SDC200076F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E1B 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055600 055603 LSI 055601 055604 055606 LSIG 055602 055605 055607 LSIRc 058553 LI 055608 055611 LSI 055609 055612 055614 LSIG 055610 055613 055615 LSIRc 058555 E1N 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055696 055699 LSI 055697 055700 055702 LSIG 055698 055701 055703 LSIRc 058577 LI 055704 055707 LSI 055705 055708 055710 LSIG 055706 055709 055711 LSIRc 058579 E1B 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059169 059181 LSI 059173 059185 059197 LSIG 059177 059189 059201 LSIRc 059193 LI 059171 059183 059199 LSI 059175 059187 059203 LSIG 059179 059191 LSIRc 059195 E1N 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059213 059225 LSI 059217 059229 059241 LSIG 059221 059233 059245 LSIRc 059237 LI 059215 059227 LSI 059219 059231 059243 LSIG 059223 059235 059247 LSIRc 059239 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/166

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E1 1SDC200076F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E1B 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055632 055635 LSI 055633 055636 055638 LSIG 055634 055637 055639 LSIRc 058561 LI 055640 055643 LSI 055641 055644 055646 LSIG 055642 055645 055647 LSIRc 058563 E1N 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055728 055731 LSI 055729 055732 055734 LSIG 055730 055733 055735 LSIRc 058585 LI 055736 055739 LSI 055737 055740 055742 LSIG 055738 055741 055743 LSIRc 058587 E1B 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055664 055667 LSI 055665 055668 055670 LSIG 055666 055669 055671 LSIRc 058569 LI 055672 055675 LSI 055673 055676 055678 LSIG 055674 055677 055679 LSIRc 058571 ACBs E1N 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055760 055763 LSI 055761 055764 055766 LSIG 055762 055765 055767 LSIRc 058593 LI 055768 055771 LSI 055769 055772 055774 LSIG 055770 055773 055775 LSIRc 058595 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/167

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E1 1SDC200076F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E1B 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 055616 055619 LSI 055617 055620 055622 LSIG 055618 055621 055623 LSIRc 058557 LI 055624 055627 LSI 055625 055628 055630 LSIG 055626 055629 055631 LSIRc 058559 E1N 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka LI 055712 055715 LSI 055713 055716 055718 LSIG 055714 055717 055719 LSIRc 058581 LI 055720 055723 LSI 055721 055724 055726 LSIG 055722 055725 055727 LSIRc 058583 E1B 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 059170 059182 LSI 059174 059186 059198 LSIG 059178 059190 059202 LSIRc 059194 LI 059172 059184 LSI 059176 059188 059200 LSIG 059180 059192 059204 LSIRc 059196 E1N 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka LI 059214 059226 LSI 059218 059230 059242 LSIG 059222 059234 059246 LSIRc 059238 LI 059216 059228 LSI 059220 059232 059244 LSIG 059224 059236 059248 LSIRc 059240 7/168

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E1 1SDC200076F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E1B 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 055648 055651 LSI 055649 055652 055654 LSIG 055650 055653 055655 LSIRc 058565 LI 055656 055659 LSI 055657 055660 055662 LSIG 055658 055661 055663 LSIRc 058567 E1N 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka LI 055744 055747 LSI 055745 055748 055750 LSIG 055746 055749 055751 LSIRc 058589 LI 055752 055755 LSI 055753 055756 055758 LSIG 055754 055757 055759 LSIRc 058591 E1B 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 055680 055683 LSI 055681 055684 055686 LSIG 055682 055685 055687 LSIRc 058573 LI 055688 055691 LSI 055689 055692 055694 LSIG 055690 055693 055695 LSIRc 058575 ACBs E1N 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 ka - Icw (1 s) = 50 ka LI 055776 055779 LSI 055777 055780 055782 LSIG 055778 055781 055783 LSIRc 058597 LI 055784 055787 LSI 055785 055788 055790 LSIG 055786 055789 055791 LSIRc 058599 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/169

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E2S 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 058282 058285 LSI 058283 058286 058288 LSIG 058284 058287 058289 LSIRc 058657 LI 058290 058293 LSI 058291 058294 058296 LSIG 058292 058295 058297 LSIRc 058659 E2N 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059257 059269 LSI 059261 059273 059285 LSIG 059265 059277 059289 LSIRc 059281 LI 059259 059271 LSI 059263 059275 059287 LSIG 059267 059279 059291 LSIRc 059283 E2S 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059301 059313 LSI 059305 059317 059329 LSIG 059309 059321 059333 LSIRc 059325 LI 059303 059315 LSI 059307 059319 059331 LSIG 059311 059323 059335 LSIRc 059327 E2N 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055856 055859 LSI 055857 055860 055862 LSIG 055858 055861 055863 LSIRc 058633 LI 055864 055867 LSI 055865 055868 055870 LSIG 055866 055869 055871 LSIRc 058635 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/170

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E2S 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055952 055955 LSI 055953 055956 055958 LSIG 055954 055957 055959 LSIRc 058665 LI 055960 055963 LSI 055961 055964 055966 LSIG 055962 055965 055967 LSIRc 058667 E2L 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 10 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056048 056051 LSI 056049 056052 056054 LSIG 056050 056053 056055 LSIRc 058617 LI 056056 056059 LSI 056057 056060 056062 LSIG 056058 056061 056063 LSIRc 058619 E2B 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055792 055795 LSI 055793 055796 055798 LSIG 055794 055797 055799 LSIRc 058601 LI 055800 055803 LSI 055801 055804 055806 LSIG 055802 055805 055807 LSIRc 058603 ACBs E2N 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055888 055891 LSI 055889 055892 055894 LSIG 055890 055893 055895 LSIRc 058641 LI 055896 055899 LSI 055897 055900 055902 LSIG 055898 055901 055903 LSIRc 058643 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/171

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E2S 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055984 055987 LSI 055985 055988 055990 LSIG 055986 055989 055991 LSIRc 058673 LI 055992 055995 LSI 055993 055996 055998 LSIG 055994 055997 055999 LSIRc 058675 E2L 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 10 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056080 056083 LSI 056081 056084 056086 LSIG 056082 056085 056087 LSIRc 058625 LI 056088 056091 LSI 056089 056092 056094 LSIG 056090 056093 056095 LSIRc 058627 E2B 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055824 055827 LSI 055825 055828 055830 LSIG 055826 055829 055831 LSIRc 058609 LI 055832 055835 LSI 055833 055836 055838 LSIG 055834 055837 055839 LSIRc 058611 E2N 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055920 055923 LSI 055921 055924 055926 LSIG 055922 055925 055927 LSIRc 058649 LI 055928 055931 LSI 055929 055932 055934 LSIG 055930 055933 055935 LSIRc 058651 7/172

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E2S 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056016 056019 LSI 056017 056020 056022 LSIG 056018 056021 056023 LSIRc 058681 LI 056024 056027 LSI 056025 056028 056030 LSIG 056026 056029 056031 LSIRc 058683 E2S 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka LI 058298 058301 LSI 058299 058302 058304 LSIG 058300 058303 058305 LSIRc 058661 LI 058306 058309 LSI 058307 058310 058312 LSIG 058308 058311 058313 LSIRc 058663 E2N 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka LI 059258 059270 LSI 059262 059274 059286 LSIG 059266 059278 059290 LSIRc 059282 LI 059260 059272 LSI 059264 059276 059288 LSIG 059268 059280 059292 LSIRc 059284 ACBs E2S 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka LI 059302 059314 LSI 059306 059318 059330 LSIG 059310 059322 059334 LSIRc 059326 LI 059304 059316 LSI 059308 059320 059332 LSIG 059312 059324 059336 LSIRc 059328 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/173

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E2N 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka LI 055872 055875 LSI 055873 055876 055878 LSIG 055874 055877 055879 LSIRc 058637 LI 055880 055883 LSI 055881 055884 055886 LSIG 055882 055885 055887 LSIRc 058639 E2S 12 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka LI 055968 055971 LSI 055969 055972 055974 LSIG 055970 055973 055975 LSIRc 058669 LI 055976 055979 LSI 055977 055980 055982 LSIG 055978 055981 055983 LSIRc 058671 E2L 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 10 ka LI 056064 056067 LSI 056065 056068 056070 LSIG 056066 056069 056071 LSIRc 058621 LI 056072 056075 LSI 056073 056076 056078 LSIG 056074 056077 056079 LSIRc 058623 E2B 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 055808 055811 LSI 055809 055812 055814 LSIG 055810 055813 055815 LSIRc 058605 LI 055816 055819 LSI 055817 055820 055822 LSIG 055818 055821 055823 LSIRc 058607 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/174

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E2N 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka LI 055904 055907 LSI 055905 055908 055910 LSIG 055906 055909 055911 LSIRc 058645 LI 055912 055915 LSI 055913 055916 055918 LSIG 055914 055917 055919 LSIRc 058647 E2S 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka LI 056000 056003 LSI 056001 056004 056006 LSIG 056002 056005 056007 LSIRc 058677 LI 056008 056011 LSI 056009 056012 056014 LSIG 056010 056013 056015 LSIRc 058679 E2L 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 10 ka LI 056096 056099 LSI 056097 056100 056102 LSIG 056098 056101 056103 LSIRc 058629 LI 056104 056107 LSI 056105 056108 056110 LSIG 056106 056109 056111 LSIRc 058631 ACBs E2B 20 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 ka - Icw (1 s) = 42 ka LI 055840 055843 LSI 055841 055844 055846 LSIG 055842 055845 055847 LSIRc 058613 LI 055848 055851 LSI 055849 055852 055854 LSIG 055850 055853 055855 LSIRc 058615 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/175

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E2N 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 55 ka LI 055936 055939 LSI 055937 055940 055942 LSIG 055938 055941 055943 LSIRc 058653 LI 055944 055947 LSI 055945 055948 055950 LSIG 055946 055949 055951 LSIRc 058655 E2S 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka LI 056032 056035 LSI 056033 056036 056038 LSIG 056034 056037 056039 LSIRc 058685 LI 056040 056043 LSI 056041 056044 056046 LSIG 056042 056045 056047 LSIRc 058687 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/176

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3H 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056336 056339 LSI 056337 056340 056342 LSIG 056338 056341 056343 LSIRc 058689 LI 056344 056347 LSI 056345 056348 056350 LSIG 056346 056349 056351 LSIRc 058691 E3V 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056528 056531 LSI 056529 056532 056534 LSIG 056530 056533 056535 LSIRc 058809 LI 056536 056539 LSI 056537 056540 056542 LSIG 056538 056541 056543 LSIRc 058811 E3S 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059385 059397 LSI 059389 059401 059413 LSIG 059393 059405 059417 LSIRc 059409 LI 059387 059399 LSI 059391 059403 059415 LSIG 059395 059407 059419 LSIRc 059411 ACBs E3H 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059345 059357 LSI 059349 059361 059373 LSIG 059353 059365 059377 LSIRc 059369 LI 059347 059359 LSI 059351 059363 059375 LSIG 059355 059367 059379 LSIRc 059371 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/177

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3S 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056176 056179 LSI 056177 056180 056182 LSIG 056178 056181 056183 LSIRc 058769 LI 056184 056187 LSI 056185 056188 056190 LSIG 056186 056189 056191 LSIRc 058771 E3H 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056368 056371 LSI 056369 056372 056374 LSIG 056370 056373 056375 LSIRc 058697 LI 056376 056379 LSI 056377 056380 056382 LSIG 056378 056381 056383 LSIRc 058699 E3V 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056560 056563 LSI 056561 056564 056566 LSIG 056562 056565 056567 LSIRc 058817 LI 056568 056571 LSI 056569 056572 056574 LSIG 056570 056573 056575 LSIRc 058819 E3S 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056208 056211 LSI 056209 056212 056214 LSIG 056210 056213 056215 LSIRc 058777 LI 056216 056219 LSI 056217 056220 056222 LSIG 056218 056221 056223 LSIRc 058779 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/178

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3H 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056400 056403 LSI 056401 056404 056406 LSIG 056402 056405 056407 LSIRc 058705 LI 056408 056411 LSI 056409 056412 056414 LSIG 056410 056413 056415 LSIRc 058707 E3V 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056592 056595 LSI 056593 056596 056598 LSIG 056594 056597 056599 LSIRc 058825 LI 056600 056603 LSI 056601 056604 056606 LSIG 056602 056605 056607 LSIRc 058827 E3S 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056240 056243 LSI 056241 056244 056246 LSIG 056242 056245 056247 LSIRc 058785 LI 056248 056251 LSI 056249 056252 056254 LSIG 056250 056253 056255 LSIRc 058787 ACBs E3H 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056432 056435 LSI 056433 056436 056438 LSIG 056434 056437 056439 LSIRc 058713 LI 056440 056443 LSI 056441 056444 056446 LSIG 056442 056445 056447 LSIRc 058715 7/179

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3V 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056624 056627 LSI 056625 056628 056630 LSIG 056626 056629 056631 LSIRc 058833 LI 056632 056635 LSI 056633 056636 056638 LSIG 056634 056637 056639 LSIRc 058835 E3L 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056720 056723 LSI 056721 056724 056726 LSIG 056722 056725 056727 LSIRc 058737 LI 056728 056731 LSI 056729 056732 056734 LSIG 056730 056733 056735 LSIRc 058739 E3N 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056112 056115 LSI 056113 056116 056118 LSIG 056114 056117 056119 LSIRc 058753 LI 056120 056123 LSI 056121 056124 056126 LSIG 056122 056125 056127 LSIRc 058755 E3S 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056272 056275 LSI 056273 056276 056278 LSIG 056274 056277 056279 LSIRc 058793 LI 056280 056283 LSI 056281 056284 056286 LSIG 056282 056285 056287 LSIRc 058795 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/180

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3H 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056464 056467 LSI 056465 056468 056470 LSIG 056466 056469 056471 LSIRc 058721 LI 056472 056475 LSI 056473 056476 056478 LSIG 056474 056477 056479 LSIRc 058723 E3V 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056656 056659 LSI 056657 056660 056662 LSIG 056658 056661 056663 LSIRc 058841 LI 056664 056667 LSI 056665 056668 056670 LSIG 056666 056669 056671 LSIRc 058843 E3L 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056752 056755 LSI 056753 056756 056758 LSIG 056754 056757 056759 LSIRc 058745 LI 056760 056763 LSI 056761 056764 056766 LSIG 056762 056765 056767 LSIRc 058747 ACBs E3N 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056144 056147 LSI 056145 056148 056150 LSIG 056146 056149 056151 LSIRc 058761 LI 056152 056155 LSI 056153 056156 056158 LSIG 056154 056157 056159 LSIRc 058763 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/181

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3S 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056304 056307 LSI 056305 056308 056310 LSIG 056306 056309 056311 LSIRc 058801 LI 056312 056315 LSI 056313 056316 056318 LSIG 056314 056317 056319 LSIRc 058803 E3H 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056496 056499 LSI 056497 056500 056502 LSIG 056498 056501 056503 LSIRc 058729 LI 056504 056507 LSI 056505 056508 056510 LSIG 056506 056509 056511 LSIRc 058731 E3V 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056688 056691 LSI 056689 056692 056694 LSIG 056690 056693 056695 LSIRc 058849 LI 056696 056699 LSI 056697 056700 056702 LSIG 056698 056701 056703 LSIRc 058851 E3H 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056352 056355 LSI 056353 056356 056358 LSIG 056354 056357 056359 LSIRc 058693 LI 056360 056363 LSI 056361 056364 056366 LSIG 056362 056365 056367 LSIRc 058695 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/182

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3V 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056544 056547 LSI 056545 056548 056550 LSIG 056546 056549 056551 LSIRc 058813 LI 056552 056555 LSI 056553 056556 056558 LSIG 056554 056557 056559 LSIRc 058815 E3S 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 059386 059398 LSI 059390 059402 059414 LSIG 059394 059406 059418 LSIRc 059410 LI 059388 059400 LSI 059392 059404 059416 LSIG 059396 059408 059420 LSIRc 059412 E3H 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka LI 059346 059358 LSI 059350 059362 059374 LSIG 059354 059366 059378 LSIRc 059370 LI 059348 059360 LSI 059352 059364 059376 LSIG 059356 059368 059380 LSIRc 059372 ACBs E3S 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056192 056195 LSI 056193 056196 056198 LSIG 056194 056197 056199 LSIRc 058773 LI 056200 056203 LSI 056201 056204 056206 LSIG 056202 056205 056207 LSIRc 058775 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/183

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3H 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056384 056387 LSI 056385 056388 056390 LSIG 056386 056389 056391 LSIRc 058701 LI 056392 056395 LSI 056393 056396 056398 LSIG 056394 056397 056399 LSIRc 058703 E3V 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka LI 056576 056579 LSI 056577 056580 056582 LSIG 056578 056581 056583 LSIRc 058821 LI 056584 056587 LSI 056585 056588 056590 LSIG 056586 056589 056591 LSIRc 058823 E3S 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056224 056227 LSI 056225 056228 056230 LSIG 056226 056229 056231 LSIRc 058781 LI 056232 056235 LSI 056233 056236 056238 LSIG 056234 056237 056239 LSIRc 058783 E3H 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056416 056419 LSI 056417 056420 056422 LSIG 056418 056421 056423 LSIRc 058709 LI 056424 056427 LSI 056425 056428 056430 LSIG 056426 056429 056431 LSIRc 058711 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/184

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3V 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 160 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka LI 056608 056611 LSI 056609 056612 056614 LSIG 056610 056613 056615 LSIRc 058829 LI 056616 056619 LSI 056617 056620 056622 LSIG 056618 056621 056623 LSIRc 058831 E3S 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056256 056259 LSI 056257 056260 056262 LSIG 056258 056261 056263 LSIRc 058789 LI 056264 056267 LSI 056265 056268 056270 LSIG 056266 056269 056271 LSIRc 058791 E3H 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056448 056451 LSI 056449 056452 056454 LSIG 056450 056453 056455 LSIRc 058717 LI 056456 056459 LSI 056457 056460 056462 LSIG 056458 056461 056463 LSIRc 058719 ACBs E3V 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka LI 056640 056643 LSI 056641 056644 056646 LSIG 056642 056645 056647 LSIRc 058837 LI 056648 056651 LSI 056649 056652 056654 LSIG 056650 056653 056655 LSIRc 058839 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/185

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3L 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka LI 056736 056739 LSI 056737 056740 056742 LSIG 056738 056741 056743 LSIRc 058741 LI 056744 056747 LSI 056745 056748 056750 LSIG 056746 056749 056751 LSIRc 058743 E3N 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka LI 056128 056131 LSI 056129 056132 056134 LSIG 056130 056133 056135 LSIRc 058757 LI 056136 056139 LSI 056137 056140 056142 LSIG 056138 056141 056143 LSIRc 058759 E3S 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056288 056291 LSI 056289 056292 056294 LSIG 056290 056293 056295 LSIRc 058797 LI 056296 056299 LSI 056297 056300 056302 LSIG 056298 056301 056303 LSIRc 058799 E3H 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056480 056483 LSI 056481 056484 056486 LSIG 056482 056485 056487 LSIRc 058725 LI 056488 056491 LSI 056489 056492 056494 LSIG 056490 056493 056495 LSIRc 058727 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/186

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3V 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka LI 056672 056675 LSI 056673 056676 056678 LSIG 056674 056677 056679 LSIRc 058845 LI 056680 056683 LSI 056681 056684 056686 LSIG 056682 056685 056687 LSIRc 058847 E3L 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 15 ka LI 056768 056771 LSI 056769 056772 056774 LSIG 056770 056773 056775 LSIRc 058749 LI 056776 056779 LSI 056777 056780 056782 LSIG 056778 056781 056783 LSIRc 058751 E3N 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 ka - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka LI 056160 056163 LSI 056161 056164 056166 LSIG 056162 056165 056167 LSIRc 058765 LI 056168 056171 LSI 056169 056172 056174 LSIG 056170 056173 056175 LSIRc 058767 ACBs E3S 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056320 056323 LSI 056321 056324 056326 LSIG 056322 056325 056327 LSIRc 058805 LI 056328 056331 LSI 056329 056332 056334 LSIG 056330 056333 056335 LSIRc 058807 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/187

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E3H 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056512 056515 LSI 056513 056516 056518 LSIG 056514 056517 056519 LSIRc 058733 LI 056520 056523 LSI 056521 056524 056526 LSIG 056522 056525 056527 LSIRc 058735 E3V 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka LI 056704 056707 LSI 056705 056708 056710 LSIG 056706 056709 056711 LSIRc 058853 LI 056712 056715 LSI 056713 056716 056718 LSIG 056714 056717 056719 LSIRc 058855 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/188

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E4 1SDC200079F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E4H 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056816 056819 LSI 056817 056820 056822 LSIG 056818 056821 056823 LI 056824 056827 LSI 056825 056828 056830 LSIG 056826 056829 056831 E4V 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056880 056883 LSI 056881 056884 056886 LSIG 056882 056885 056887 LI 056888 056891 LSI 056889 056892 056894 LSIG 056890 056893 056895 E4S 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056784 056787 LSI 056785 056788 056790 LSIG 056786 056789 056791 LI 056792 056795 LSI 056793 056796 056798 LSIG 056794 056797 056799 E4H 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056848 056851 LSI 056849 056852 056854 LSIG 056850 056853 056855 LI 056856 056859 LSI 056857 056860 056862 LSIG 056858 056861 056863 ACBs E4V 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056912 056915 LSI 056913 056916 056918 LSIG 056914 056917 056919 LI 056920 056923 LSI 056921 056924 056926 LSIG 056922 056925 056927 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/189

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E4 1SDC200079F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E4H 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 056832 056835 LSI 056833 056836 056838 LSIG 056834 056837 056839 LI 056840 056843 LSI 056841 056844 056846 LSIG 056842 056845 056847 E4V 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 056896 056899 LSI 056897 056900 056902 LSIG 056898 056901 056903 LI 056904 056907 LSI 056905 056908 056910 LSIG 056906 056909 056911 E4S 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 ka - Icw (1 s) = 75 ka LI 056800 056803 LSI 056801 056804 056806 LSIG 056802 056805 056807 LI 056808 056811 LSI 056809 056812 056814 LSIG 056810 056813 056815 E4H 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 056864 056867 LSI 056865 056868 056870 LSIG 056866 056869 056871 LI 056872 056875 LSI 056873 056876 056878 LSIG 056874 056877 056879 E4V 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 056928 056931 LSI 056929 056932 056934 LSIG 056930 056933 056935 LI 056936 056939 LSI 056937 056940 056942 LSIG 056938 056941 056943 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/190

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E6V 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 057040 057043 LSI 057041 057044 057046 LSIG 057042 057045 057047 LI 057048 057051 LSI 057049 057052 057054 LSIG 057050 057053 057055 E6H 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056944 056947 LSI 056945 056948 056950 LSIG 056946 056949 056951 LI 056952 056955 LSI 056953 056956 056958 LSIG 056954 056957 056959 E6V 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 057072 057075 LSI 057073 057076 057078 LSIG 057074 057077 057079 LI 057080 057083 LSI 057081 057084 057086 LSIG 057082 057085 057087 ACBs E6H 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 056976 056979 LSI 056977 056980 056982 LSIG 056978 056981 056983 LI 056984 056987 LSI 056985 056988 056990 LSIG 056986 056989 056991 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/191

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E6V 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 057104 057107 LSI 057105 057108 057110 LSIG 057106 057109 057111 LI 057112 057115 LSI 057113 057116 057118 LSIG 057114 057117 057119 E6H 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 057008 057011 LSI 057009 057012 057014 LSIG 057010 057013 057015 LI 057016 057019 LSI 057017 057020 057022 LSIG 057018 057021 057023 E6V 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 057136 057139 LSI 057137 057140 057142 LSIG 057138 057141 057143 LI 057144 057147 LSI 057145 057148 057150 LSIG 057146 057149 057151 E6V 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 057056 057059 LSI 057057 057060 057062 LSIG 057058 057061 057063 LI 057064 057067 LSI 057065 057068 057070 LSIG 057066 057069 057071 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/192

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E6H 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 056960 056963 LSI 056961 056964 056966 LSIG 056962 056965 056967 LI 056968 056971 LSI 056969 056972 056974 LSIG 056970 056973 056975 E6V 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 057088 057091 LSI 057089 057092 057094 LSIG 057090 057093 057095 LI 057096 057099 LSI 057097 057100 057102 LSIG 057098 057101 057103 E6H 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 056992 056995 LSI 056993 056996 056998 LSIG 056994 056997 056999 LI 057000 057003 LSI 057001 057004 057006 LSIG 057002 057005 057007 ACBs E6V 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 057120 057123 LSI 057121 057124 057126 LSIG 057122 057125 057127 LI 057128 057131 LSI 057129 057132 057134 LSIG 057130 057133 057135 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/193

Air circuit-breakers Emax series Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E6H 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 057024 057027 LSI 057025 057028 057030 LSIG 057026 057029 057031 LI 057032 057035 LSI 057033 057036 057038 LSIG 057034 057037 057039 E6V 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 057152 057155 LSI 057153 057156 057158 LSIG 057154 057157 057159 LI 057160 057163 LSI 057161 057164 057166 LSIG 057162 057165 057167 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/194

Air circuit-breakers Emax series with full-size neutral conductor Technical Data The Emax range of automatic circuit-breakers with full-size neutral conductor is used in special applications where the presence of third harmonics on individual phases can lead to a very high current on the neutral conductor. Typical applications include installations with loads having high harmonics distortion (computers and electronic devices in general), lighting systems with a large number of fluorescent lamps, systems with inverters and rectifiers, UPS, and systems for adjusting the speed of electric motors. This range includes standard circuit-breakers with full-size neutral conductor in sizes E1, E2, E3. Models E4 and E6 are available in the full size version up to rated currents of 6300 A. Models E4/f and E6/f are available in fixed and withdrawable four-pole versions. These models can all be fitted with all accessories available for the Emax range, with the exception, on the E6/f model, of the mechanical interlocks made using flexible wires and 15 external auxiliary contacts, which are therefore incompatible. All the models can be fitted with all the available versions of electronic protection relays, in the standard version. E4S/f E4H/f E6H/f Rated uninterrupted current (at 40 C) Iu [A] 4000 3200 4000 [A] 4000 5000 [A] 6300 Number of poles 4 4 4 Rated service voltage Ue [V ~] 690 690 690 Rated ultimate breaking capacity under short-circuit Icu 220/230/380/400/415 V ~ [ka] 80 100 100 440 V ~ [ka] 80 100 100 500/525 V ~ [ka] 75 100 100 660/690 V ~ [ka] 75 100 100 Rated service breaking capacity under short-circuit Ics 220/230/380/400/415 V ~ [ka] 80 100 100 440 V ~ [ka] 80 100 100 500/525 V ~ [ka] 75 100 100 660/690 V ~ [ka] 75 100 100 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) [ka] 75 85 100 (3s) [ka] 75 75 85 Rated making capacity under short-circuit (peak value) Icm 220/230/380/400/415 V ~ [ka] 176 220 220 440 V ~ [ka] 176 220 220 500/525 V ~ [ka] 165 220 220 660/690 V ~ [ka] 165 220 220 Utilisation category (according to IEC 60947-2) B B B Behavior on isolation (according to IEC 60947-2) Overall dimensions Fixed: H = 418 mm - D = 302 mm L [mm] 746 746 1034 Withdrawable: H = 461 - D = 396.5 mm L [mm] 774 774 1062 Weights (circuit-breaker complete with releases and CT, excluding accessories) Fixed [kg] 125 125 185 Withdrawable [kg] 200 200 275 ACBs 7/195 1SDC007200C0201

Air circuit-breakers Emax series with full-size neutral conductor Ordering details - E4 1SDC200079F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E4H/f 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059429 059432 LSI 059430 059433 059435 LSIG 059431 059434 059436 E4S/f 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 80 ka - Icw (1 s) = 80 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055536 055539 LSI 055537 055540 055542 LSIG 055538 055541 055543 E4H/f 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055520 055523 LSI 055521 055524 055526 LSIG 055522 055525 055527 E4H/f 32 Withdrawable (W), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 059437 059440 LSI 059438 059441 059443 LSIG 059439 059442 059444 E4S/f 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 80 ka - Icw (1 s) = 80 ka LI 055544 055547 LSI 055545 055548 055550 LSIG 055546 055549 055551 E4H/f 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 80 ka LI 055528 055531 LSI 055529 055532 055534 LSIG 055530 055533 055535 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/196

Air circuit-breakers Emax series with full-size neutral conductor Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 PR121/P PR122/P PR123/P 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 1SDA...R1 E6H/f 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055552 055555 LSI 055553 055556 055558 LSIG 055554 055557 055559 E6H/f 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055568 055571 LSI 055569 055572 055574 LSIG 055570 055573 055575 E6H/f 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals LI 055584 055587 LSI 055585 055588 055590 LSIG 055586 055589 055591 E6H/f 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 055560 055563 LSI 055561 055564 055566 LSIG 055562 055565 055567 ACBs E6H/f 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 055576 055579 LSI 055577 055580 055582 LSIG 055578 055581 055583 E6H/f 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 ka - Icw (1 s) = 100 ka LI 055592 055595 LSI 055593 055596 055598 LSIG 055594 055597 055599 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/197

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Technical Data The switch-disconnectors are derived from the corresponding circuit-breakers, of which they keep the overall dimensions and the possibility of mounting the accessories. This version only differs from the circuit-breakers in the absence of the overcurrent releases. The circuit-breaker is available both in the fixed and withdrawable version, three-pole and four-pole. The switch-disconnectors, identified by the code /MS, can be used according to the category of use AC-23 A (Motor switching or other highly inductive loads) according to the IEC 60947-3 Standard. The electrical characteristics of the switch-disconnectors are given in the table below. X1B/MS E1B/MS E1N/MS E2B/MS E2N/MS E2S/MS E3N/MS E3S/MS E3V/MS E4S/MS E4H/fMS E4H/MS E6H/MS E6H/f MS Rated uninterrupted current [A] 1000 800 800 1600 1000 1000 2500 1000 800 4000 3200 3200 4000 4000 (at 40 C) Iu [A] 1250 1000 1000 2000 1250 1250 3200 1250 1250 4000 4000 5000 5000 [A] 1600 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 1600 6300 6300 [A] 1600 1600 2000 2000 2000 2000 [A] 2500 2500 [A] 3200 3200 Rated service voltage Ue [V ~] 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 [V ] 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Rated insulation voltage Ui [V ~] 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kv] 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) [ka] 42 42 50 (1) 42 55 65 65 75 85 75 85 100 (2) 100 100 (3s) [ka] 36 36 42 42 42 65 65 65 75 75 75 85 85 Rated making capacity under short-circuit (peak value) Icm 220/230/380/400/415/440 V ~ [ka] 88.2 88.2 105 88.2 143 187 143 165 286 165 220 220 220 220 500/660/690 V ~ [ka] 88.2 75.6 75.6 88.2 121 143 143 165 220 165 220 187 220 220 Note: The breaking capacity Icu, at the maximum rated use voltage, by means of external protection relay, with 500 ms maximum timing, is equal to the value of Icw (1s). (1) Icw (1s) = 36kA @ 690 V (2) Icw (1s) = 85kA @ 690 V 7/198 1SDC007200C0201

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - X1 X1B/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals 062052 062053 X1B/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals 062056 062057 X1B/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka F = Front terminals 062060 062061 X1B/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 062054 062055 X1B/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 062058 062059 X1B/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 062062 062063 ACBs 7/199

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E1 1SDC200076F0001 E1B/MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058931 058932 E1N/MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058933 058934 E1B/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 059209 059211 E1N/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 059253 059255 E1B/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058935 058936 E1N/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058937 058938 E1B/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058857 058858 E1N/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058861 058862 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/200

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E1 1SDC200076F0001 E1B/MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 058939 058940 E1N/MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka 058941 058942 E1B/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 059210 059212 E1N/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka 059254 059256 E1B/MS 12 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 058943 058944 E1N/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka 058945 058946 ACBs E1B/MS 16 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 058859 058860 E1N/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 50 ka 058863 058864 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/201

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 E2N/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 059297 059299 E2S/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 059341 059343 E2N/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058947 058948 E2S/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058865 058866 E2B/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058949 058950 E2N/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058951 058952 E2S/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058869 058870 E2B/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058953 058954 E2N/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058955 058956 E2S/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058873 058874 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/202

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 E2N/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka 059298 059300 E2S/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka 059342 059344 E2N/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka 058957 058958 E2S/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka 058867 058868 E2B/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 058959 058960 E2N/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka 058961 058962 E2S/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka 058871 058872 ACBs E2B/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 ka 058963 058964 E2N/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 ka 058965 058966 E2S/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka 058875 058876 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/203

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 E3V/MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058877 058878 E3S/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 059425 059427 E3S/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058967 058968 E3V/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058881 058882 E3S/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058969 058970 E3V/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058885 058886 E3S/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058971 058972 E3V/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058889 058890 E3N/MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058973 058974 E3S/MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058975 058976 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/204

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 E3V/MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058893 058894 E3N/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058977 058978 E3S/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058979 058980 E3V/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058897 058898 E3V/MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 058879 058880 E3S/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka 058981 058982 E3S/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka 058981 058982 ACBs E3V/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 058883 058884 E3S/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka 058983 058984 E3V/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 058887 058888 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/205

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 E3S/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka 058985 058986 E3V/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 058891 058892 E3N/MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka 058987 058988 E3S/MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka 058989 058990 E3V/MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 058895 058896 E3N/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 65 ka 058991 058992 E3S/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka 058993 058994 E3V/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 058899 058900 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/206

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E4 1SDC200079F0001 E4H/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058995 058996 E4S/MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058997 058998 E4H/MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058999 059000 E4H/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 059001 059002 E4S/MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 ka 059003 059003 ACBs E4H/MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 059005 059006 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/207

Air circuit-breakers Emax series switch-disconnectors Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 E6H/MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 058905 058906 E6H/MS 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 059007 059008 E6H/MS 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 059009 059010 E6H/MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 058907 058908 E6H/MS 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 059011 059012 E6H/MS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 059013 059014 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/208

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors with full size neutral conductor Ordering details - E4 1SDC200079F0001 E4H/f MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 4 poles 058901 E4S/f MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 80 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 4 poles 059015 E4H/f MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 4 poles 058903 E4H/f MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 4 poles 058902 E4S/f MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 80 ka 4 poles 059016 E4H/f MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 ka 4 poles 058904 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/209

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors with full size neutral conductor Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 E6H/f MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 4 poles 058909 E6H/f MS 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 4 poles 059017 E6H/f MS 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 4 poles 059018 E6H/f MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 4 poles 058910 E6H/f MS 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 4 poles 059019 E6H/f MS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 ka 4 poles 059020 see Abbreviation caption page 7/156 7/210

Air circuit-breakers Emax series for applications up to 1150 V AC Technical Data The Emax circuit-breakers can be supplied, in a special version, for rated service voltages up to 1150 V in alternating current. The circuit-breakers in this version are defined by the code of the standard range (rated service voltage up to 690 V AC) together with the code /E and are derived form the corresponding standard Emax circuit-breakers of which they keep the versions and accessories. The range of Emax circuit-breakers for applications up to 1150 V in alternating current is available in the fixed and withdrawable version both in the three-pole and four-pole version. The Emax/E circuitbreakers are particularly suitable for installation in mines, petrochemical plants and in traction. The electrical characteristics of the range are indicated in the table below. X1 B/E (1) E2B/E E2N/E E3H/E E4H/E E6H/E Rated uninterrupted current (at 40 C) Iu [A] 630 1600 1250 1250 3200 5000 [A] 800 2000 1600 1600 4000 6300 [A] 1000 2000 2000 [A] 1250 2500 [A] 1600 3200 Rated service voltage Ue [V~] 1000 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 Rated insulation voltage Ui [V~] 1000 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 Rated ultimate breaking capacity under short-circuit Icu 1000 V [ka] 20 20 30 50 65 65 1150 V [ka] 20 30 30 65 65 Rated service breaking capacity under short-circuit Ics 1000 V [ka] 20 20 30 50 65 65 1150 V [ka] 20 30 30 65 65 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) [ka] 20 20 30 50 (2) 65 65 Rated making capacity under short-circuit (peak value) Icm 1000 V [ka] 40 40 63 105 143 143 1150 V [ka] 40 63 63 143 143 (1) For applications up to 1000 V AC only. (2) 30 ka @ 1150 V. ACBs 7/211

Air circuit-breakers Emax series for applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - X1 1SDC200509F0001 X1B/E 06, Iu (40 C) = 630 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 ka 063501 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 06 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/174 and 7/178 X1B/E 08, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 ka 063502 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 08 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/174 and 7/178 X1B/E 10, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 ka 063503 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 10 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/175 and 7/179 X1B/E 12, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 ka 063504 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 12 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/175 and 7/179 X1B/E 16, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 ka 063505 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 16 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/177 and 7/181 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/212

Air circuit-breakers Emax series applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 E2B/E 16, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 20 ka 059633 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2B 16 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/187 E2B/E 20, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 20 ka 059634 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2B 20 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/188 E2N/E 12, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059635 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2N 12 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/186 E2N/E 16, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059636 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2N 16 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/187 E2N/E 20, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059637 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2N 20 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/188 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/213

Air circuit-breakers Emax series applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 E3H/E 12, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059638 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 12 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/194 E3H/E 16, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059639 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 16 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/195 E3H/E 20, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059640 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 20 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/195 E3H/E 25, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059641 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 25 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/197 E3H/E 32, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 ka 059642 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 32 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/198 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/214

Air circuit-breakers Emax series applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - E4, E6 1SDC200079F0001 E4H/E 32, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 ka 059643 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H 32 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/205 E4H/E 40, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 ka 059644 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/205 1SDC200080F0001 E6H/E 40, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 ka 058550 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/207 E6H/E 50, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 ka 058551 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H 50 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/207 E6H/E 63, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 ka 058552 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H 63 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/208 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/215

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC Technical Data The range of apparatus for applications at 1150 V in alternating current (AC) is completed with the switchdisconnectors. These circuit-breakers are according to the international IEC 60947-3 Standard. The circuit-breakers in this version are defined by the code of the standard range, where the rated service voltage is up to 690 V AC, together with the code /E, which therefore becomes Emax/E MS and are derived from the corresponding standard Emax switch-disconnectors. The three-pole, four-pole versions fixed and withdrawable versions are available with the same dimensions, characteristics of mounting accessories and installation of the same standard circuit-breakers. All the accessories foreseen for the Emax range can be used. Furthermore, for the withdrawable version circuitbreakers, the standard fixed parts can be used. X1B/E MS (*) E2B/E MS E2N/E MS E3H/E MS E4H/E MS E6H/E MS Rated current (at 40 C) Iu [A] 1000 1600 1250 1250 3200 5000 [A] 1250 2000 1600 1600 4000 6300 [A] 1600 2000 2000 [A] 2500 [A] 3200 Number of poles 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Rated service voltage Ue [V] 1000 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] 1000 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kv] 12 12 12 12 12 12 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) [ka] 20 20 30 30 (1) 65 65 Rated making capacity Icm 1000 V AC (peak value) [ka] 40 40 63 105 143 143 Note: The breaking capacity Icu, by means of external protection relay, with 500 ms maximum timing, is equal to the value of Icw (1s). (*) Applications up to 1000 V AC only (1) The performance at 1000 V is 50 ka 7/216

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - X1 1SDC200581F0001 X1B/E MS 10, Iu (40 C) = 1000 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka 063503 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B MS 10 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/215 X1B/E MS 12, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka 063504 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B MS 12 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/215 X1B/E MS 16, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka 048529 Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B MS 16 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/215 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/217

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 E2B/E MS 16, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka 059633 Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218 E2B/E MS 20, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka 059634 Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218 E2N/E MS 12, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka 059635 Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218 E2N/E MS 16, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka 059636 Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218 E2N/E MS 20, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka 059637 Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/218

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 E3H/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals Circuit-breaker code 059021 059022 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059638 059638 E3H/E MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals Circuit-breaker code 059023 059024 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059639 059639 E3H/E MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals Circuit-breaker code 059025 059027 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059640 059640 E3H/E MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals Circuit-breaker code 059026 059028 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059641 059641 E3H/E MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals Circuit-breaker code 059029 059030 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059642 059642 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/219

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 E3H/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka Circuit-breaker code 059031 059032 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059638 059638 E3H/E MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka Circuit-breaker code 059033 059034 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059639 059639 E3H/E MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka Circuit-breaker code 059035 059036 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059640 059640 E3H/E MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka Circuit-breaker code 059037 059038 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059641 059641 E3H/E MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 ka Circuit-breaker code 059039 059040 Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker 059642 059642 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/220

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC Ordering details - E4, E6 1SDC200079F0001 E4H/E MS 32, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 059643 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H/MS 32 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/223 E4H/E MS 40, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 059644 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H/MS 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/223 1SDC200080F0001 E6H/E MS 40, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 058550 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H/MS 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/224 E6H/E MS 50, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 058551 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H/MS 50 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/224 E6H/E MS 63, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 058552 Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H/MS 63 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/224 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/221

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC Technical Data ABB has developed the range Emax/E MS of switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V in direct current conforming with the international IEC 60947-3 Standards. These non-automatic circuit-breakers are particularly suitable for being used as bus-ties or main isolators in direct current installations, such as for the applications regarding electric traction. The range allows all installation requirements up to 1000 V DC/3200 A or up to 750 V DC/4000 A to be covered. They are available in the fixed and withdrawable and in the three-pole and four-pole version. With connection of three interruption poles in series, the rated voltage is 750 V DC, whereas with four poles in series, it is 1000 V DC. The switch-disconnectors of the Emax/E MS range keep the overall dimensions and the fixing points of the standard range of circuit-breakers unaltered, can be fitted with the various terminal kits and all the accessories common to the Emax range. Naturally they cannot be associated with the electronic releases, CT and relative accessories for determining the currents and protection for applications in alternating current. The withdrawable circuit-breakers must be associated with the fixed parts in a special version for applications at 750/1000 V DC. E1B/E MS E2N/E MS E3H/E MS E4H/E MS E6H/E MS Rated current (at 40 C) Iu [A] 800 1250 1250 3200 5000 [A] 1250 1600 1600 4000 6300 [A] 2000 2000 [A] 2500 [A] 3200 Number of poles 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 Rated service voltage Ue [V] 750 1000 750 1000 750 1000 750 1000 750 1000 Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kv] 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s) [ka] 20 20 (1) 25 25 (1) 40 40 (1) 65 65 65 65 Rated making capacity Icm 750 V DC [ka] 20 20 25 25 40 40 65 65 65 65 1000 V DC 20 25 40 65 65 Note: The breaking capacity Icu, by means of external protection relay, with 500 ms maximum timing, is equal to the value of Icw (1s). (1) The performance at 750 V is: for E1B/E MS Icw = 25 ka, for E2N/E MS Icw = 40 ka and for E3H/E MS Icw = 50 ka. 7/222

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC Ordering details - E1 1SDC200076F0001 E1B/E MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059041 059042 E1B/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059045 059046 E1B/E MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 800 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059043 059044 E1B/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059047 059048 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/223

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC Ordering details - E2 1SDC200077F0001 E2N/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059049 059050 E2N/E MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059051 059052 E2N/E MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059053 059054 E2N/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059055 059056 E2N/E MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059057 059058 E2N/E MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059059 059060 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/224

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC Ordering details - E3 1SDC200078F0001 E3H/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059061 059062 E3H/E MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059063 059064 E3H/E MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059065 059066 E3H/E MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059067 059068 E3H/E MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059069 059070 E3H/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059071 059072 E3H/E MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059073 059074 ACBs E3H/E MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059075 059076 E3H/E MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059077 059078 E3H/E MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059079 059080 see Abbreviation caption page 7/77 7/225

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC Ordering details - E4 1SDC200079F0001 E4H/E MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059081 058911 E4H/E MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059082 058913 E4H/E MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059083 058912 E4H/E MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 059084 058914 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/226

Air circuit-breakers Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC Ordering details - E6 1SDC200080F0001 E6H/E MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 058915 058921 E6H/E MS 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 058917 058923 E6H/E MS 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka HR = Horizontal rear terminals 750 V DC 1000 V DC 058919 058925 E6H/E MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 058916 058922 E6H/E MS 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 5000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 058918 058924 ACBs E6H/E MS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 ka 750 V DC 1000 V DC 058920 058926 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/227

Air circuit-breakers Emax series - CS sectionalizing trucks Ordering details - E1...E6 This version is derived from the corresponding withdrawable circuit-breaker, with replacement of all the breaking parts and the operating mechanism with simple connections between the top and bottom isolating contacts. It is used as a no load isolator where this is required by the system. E1/CS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A 059085 059086 E2/CS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A 059087 059088 E3/CS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A 059089 059090 E4/CS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A 059091 059092 E6/CS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A 059093 059094 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/228

Air circuit-breakers Emax series - MTP earthing switch Ordering details - E1...E6 This version is based on the moving part of the corresponding withdrawable circuit-breaker (without overcurrent releases) and the top or bottom isolating contacts, which are replaced with connections that short circuit the phases to earth through the circuit-breaker. The earthing switch is available with top or bottom isolating contacts. The earthing circuit is dimensioned for a short-time withstand current equal to 60% of the maximum lcw of the circuit-breaker from which it is derived (IEC 60439-1). The earthing switch is inserted in the fixed part of a withdrawable circuit-breaker to earth the top or bottom terminals before carrying out inspection or maintenance operations in safe conditions on the external circuit. It should be used in cases where residual or recovery voltages can occur in the installations to be earthed. E1 MTP 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059095 059097 059096 059098 E2 MTP 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059099 059101 059100 059102 E3 MTP 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059103 059105 059104 059106 E4 MTP 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059107 059109 059108 059110 ACBs E6 MTP 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059111 059113 059112 059114 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/229

Air circuit-breakers Emax series - MT earthing truck Ordering details - E1...E6 This version is similar to the sectionalizing truck, but with the bottom or top isolating contacts replaced by short-circuited, earthed connections. The earthing truck is available with bottom or top isolating contacts, suitable for the fixed part of the size. The earthing circuit is dimensioned for a short-time withstand current equal to 60% of the maximum lcw of the circuit-breaker from which it is derived (IEC 60439-1). The truck is temporarily racked into the fixed part of a withdrawable circuit-breaker to earth the top or bottom terminals before carrying out maintenance operations on the external circuit when no residual voltages are expected to occur. E1 MT 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 1250 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059115 059117 059116 059118 E2 MT 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 2000 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059119 059121 059120 059122 E3 MT 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 3200 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059123 059125 059124 059126 E4 MT 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 4000 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059127 059129 059128 059130 E6 MT 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 C) = 6300 A Earthing of upper terminals Earthing of lower terminals 059131 059133 059132 059134 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/230

Air circuit-breakers Emax series - FP fi xed parts Ordering details HR X1 Fixed part X1 FP W EF 062045 062049 X1 FP W HR/VR 062044 062048 X1 FP W HR-EF 062046 062050 X1 FP W EF-HR 062047 062051 Note: To order thehr/vr terminals installed in vertical position the extracode 1SDA063571R1 must be specified. VR EF HR E1 Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 750 V DC 1000 V DC HR 059666 059762 059890 059902 VR 059672 059770 059894 059905 F 059678 059778 FL 059684 059786 059898 059908 HR-VR 059690 059794 VR-HR 059708 059818 VR F FL E2 Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 750 V DC 1000 V DC HR 059667 059763 059891 059903 VR 059673 059771 059895 059906 F 059679 059779 FL 059685 059787 059899 059909 HR-VR 059691 059795 VR-HR 059709 059819 E2S Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part HR 059668 059764 VR 059674 059772 F 059680 059780 FL 059686 059788 HR-VR 059692 059796 VR-HR 059710 059820 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/231

Air circuit-breakers Emax series - FP fi xed parts Ordering details HR E3 Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 750 V DC 1000 V DC HR 059669 059765 059892 059904 VR 059675 059773 059896 059907 F 059681 059781 FL 059687 059789 059900 059910 HR-VR 059693 059797 VR-HR 059711 059821 VR F FL E4 Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 750 V DC 1000 V DC HR 059670 059766 059893 059136 VR 059676 059774 059897 059137 F 059682 059782 FL 059688 059790 059901 059138 HR-VR 059694 059798 VR-HR 059712 059822 Note: HR-VR = Upper HR terminals, lower VR terminals; VR-HR = Upper VR terminals, lower HR terminals. E4/f Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 4 poles HR 059767 VR 059775 F 059783 FL 059791 HR-VR 059799 VR-HR 059823 E6/f Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 4 poles HR 059769 VR 059777 F 059785 FL 059793 HR-VR 059801 VR-HR 059825 E6 Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 750 V DC 1000 V DC HR 059671 059768 059139 059142 VR 059677 059776 059140 059143 F 059683 059784 FL 059689 059792 059141 059144 HR-VR 059695 059800 VR-HR 059713 059824 7/232 E6/f Withdrawable (W) - FP FP = Fixed part 4 poles HR 059769 VR 059777 F 059785 FL 059793 HR-VR 059801 VR-HR 059825 Note: HR-VR = Upper HR terminals, lower VR terminals; VR-HR = Upper VR terminals, lower HR terminals. see Abbreviation caption page 7/172

Air circuit-breakers Emax conversion kit for fi xed circuit-breaker or fi xed parts Ordering details Kit for converting fixed circuit-breaker into mobile part of withdrawable Kit W MP X1 062162 062163 Kit for converting fixed circuit-breaker with horizontal rear terminals to vertical rear terminals E1 038052 038057 E2 038053 038058 E3 038054 038059 E4 038055 038060 E6 038056 038061 E4/f 048720 E6/f 050833 Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete circuit-breaker, order 2 kits. Kit for converting fixed circuit-breaker with horizontal rear terminals to front terminals E1 038062 038067 E2 038063 038068 E3 038064 038069 E4 038065 038070 E6 038066 038071 E4/f 048719 E6/f 050834 Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete circuit-breaker, order 2 kits. Kit for converting fixed parts with horizontal rear terminals to front terminals E1 038062 038067 E2 045031 045035 E3 045032 045036 E4 045033 045037 E6 045034 045038 E4/f 048718 E6/f 050837 Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete fixed part, order 2 kits. To be specified as spare parts. ACBs Kit for converting fixed parts with horizontal rear terminals to vertical rear terminals E1 055481 055486 E2 055482 055487 E3 055483 055488 E4 055484 055489 E6 055485 055490 E4/f 058537 E6/f 058538 Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete fixed part, order 2 kits. To be specified as spare parts. see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/233

Air circuit-breakers Emax conversion kit for fi xed circuit-breaker or fi xed parts Ordering details Kit for converting fixed parts with vertical rear terminals to horizontal rear terminals E1 055491 055496 E2 055492 055497 E3 055493 055498 E4 055494 055499 E6 055495 055500 E4/f 058539 E6/f 058540 Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete fixed part, order 2 kits. To be specified as spare parts. Kit for converting fixed part from previous versions to new versions E1/E6 059645 059645 Sliding contacts blocks Lef block - MP X1 062164 Central block - MP X1 062165 Right block - MP X1 062166 Lef block - FP X1 062167 Central block - FP X1 062168 Right block - FP X1 062169 Note: Always to be ordered in pairs (block for PM + block for PF) if the circuit-breaker is automatic or fitted with electrical accessories for withdrawable version. see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/234

Air circuit-breakers Emax series extra codes Ordering details Extra codes for rating plug To be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker E1-E3 In = 400A 058235 E1-E3 In = 630A 058236 E1-E3 In = 800A 058237 E1-E6 In = 1000A 058238 E1-E6 In = 1250A 058240 E1-E6 In = 1600A 058241 E2-E6 In = 2000A 058242 E3-E6 In = 2500A 058243 E3-E6 In = 3200A 058245 E4-E6 In = 4000A 058247 E6 In = 5000A 058248 E6 In = 6300A 058249 Extra code for connection of voltage measurement To be specified with PR122/P and PR123/P when the input for voltage measurement in terminal box/ sliding contacts instead of internal connection on the bottom terminals is required PR120/V - External measurements 058250 PR120/V - Internal connection on the upper terminals 058251 ACBs see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/235

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details Electrical accessories E1-E6 1SDC200131F0001 Shunt opening release X1 E1-E6 SOR YO 24 V DC 038286 24 V AC/DC 062065 30 V AC/DC 062066 038287 48 V AC/DC 062067 038288 60 V AC/DC 062068 038289 110...120 V AC/DC 062069 038290 120 127 V AC/DC 063547 038291 220 240 V AC/DC 063548 038292 240 250 V AC/DC 062070 038293 380 400 V AC 062071 038294 415...440 V AC 062072 440 480 V AC 038295 480...500 V AC 062073 500...550 V AC 062074 Note: The shunt opening release (YO) and closing release (YC) share the same construction and are therefore interchangeable. Their function is determined by the position in which they are mounted on the circuit-breaker. Second shunt opening release E1-E6 YO2 24 V DC 050157 30 V AC/DC 050158 48 V AC/DC 050159 60 V AC/DC 050160 110...120 V AC/DC 050161 120 127 V AC/DC 050162 220 240 V AC/DC 050163 240 250 V AC/DC 050164 380 400 V AC 050165 440 480 V AC 050166 Note: Supplied with special release support. E1-E6 1SDC200132F0001 Shunt closing release X1 E1-E6 SCR YC 24 V DC 038296 24 V AC/DC 062076 30 V AC/DC 062077 038297 48 V AC/DC 062078 038298 60 V AC/DC 062079 038299 110...120 V AC/DC 062080 038300 120 127 V AC/DC 063549 038301 220 240 V AC/DC 063550 038302 240 250 V AC/DC 062081 038303 380 400 V AC 062082 038304 415...440 V AC 062083 440 480 V AC 038305 480...500 V AC 062084 500...550 V AC 062085 Note: The shunt opening release (YO) and closing release (YC) share the same construction and are therefore interchangeable. Their function is determined by the position in which they are mounted on the circuit-breaker. see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/236

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details SOR Test Unit X1 E1-E6 SOR SOR 050228 050228 1SDC200135F0001 E1-E6 1SDC200136F0001 Undervoltage release X1 E1-E6 UVR YU 24 V DC 038306 24 V AC/DC 062087 30 V AC/DC 062088 038307 48 V AC/DC 062089 038308 60 V AC/DC 062090 038309 110...120 V AC/DC 062091 038310 120 127 V AC/DC 063551 038311 220 240 V AC/DC 063552 038312 240 250 V AC/DC 062092 038313 380 400 V AC 062093 038314 415...440 V AC 062094 440 480 V AC 038315 480...500 V AC 062095 500...550 V AC 062096 1SDC200138F0001 Time delay device for undervoltage release X1 E1-E6 UVD D 24 30 V AC/DC 062097 038316 48 V AC/DC 038317 48 60 V AC/DC 062098 60 V AC/DC 038318 110...125 V AC/DC 062099 110...127 V AC/DC 038319 220...250 V AC/DC 062100 038320 ACBs 1SDC200139F0001 Geared motor for the automatic charging of the closing springs X1 E1-E6 M M 24 30 V AC/DC 062113 038321 48 60 V AC/DC 062114 038322 110...130 V AC/DC 062115 038323 220...250 V AC/DC 062116 038324 380 415 V AC 062117 Note: supplied as standard with limit contact and microswitch to signal when the closing springs are charged E1-E6 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/237

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details Electrical signalling of overcurrent releases tripped E1-E6 058260 Electrical signalling of overcurrent releases tripped with remote reset command E1-E6 220...240 V AC/DC 058261 110...130 V AC/DC 058262 24...30 V AC/DC 058263 Trip reset X1 24 30 V AC/DC 063554 110...130 V AC/DC 062118 200...240 V AC/DC 062119 Auxiliary contacts X1 AUX auxiliary contacts (open/close) AUX 2Q 24 V AC 062101 AUX 2Q 400 V DC 062102 electrical signalling of electronic trip unit tripped AUX-SA 250V AC 063553 auxiliary contact circuit breaker ready to close AUX-RTC 24V DC 062108 AUX-RTC 250V AC/DC 062109 auxiliary contact signalling spring charged AUX-SC 24V DC 062106 AUX-SC 250V AC/DC 062107 E1-E6 1SDC200145F0001 Electrical signalling of circuit-breaker open/closed E1-E6 Q1... 10 PR121/P 4 auxiliary contacts 038326 (a) PR121/P 4 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050153 PR121/P 10 auxiliary contacts (installed) 046523 (b) PR121/P 10 auxiliary contacts (not installed) 038327 (c) PR121/P 10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050152 PR122-3/P 4 auxiliary contacts (2NA+2NC+2PR122-3) 058264 (d) PR122-3/P 4 auxiliary contacts (2NA+2NC+2PR122-3) for digital signals 058265 PR122-3/P 10 auxiliary contacts (5NA+5NC+2PR122-3 - installed) 058267 (b) PR122-3/P 10 auxiliary contacts (5NA+5NC+2PR122-3 - not installed) 058266 (c) PR122-3/P 10 auxiliary contacts (5NA+5NC+2PR122-3) for digital signals 058268 MS - MTP 4 auxiliary contacts 038326 MS - MTP 4 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050153 MS - MTP 10 auxiliary contacts 038327 MS - MTP 10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050152 Note: (a) Already included with automatic circuit-breakers c/w PR121/P. Can be ordered as loose accessories. (b) Can only be ordered mounted with automatic circuit-breakers. (c) Can only be ordered loose in the case of automatic circuit-breakers. (d) Already included for circuit-breakers with PR122/P e PR123/P. Can only be ordered as loose accessories. see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/238

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details External supplementary of circuit-breaker open/closed auxiliary contacts Q11... 25 E1-E6 15 supplementary auxiliary contacts 043475 15 supplementary auxiliary contacts (for withdrawable version) 048827 15 supplementary auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050145 15 supplementary auxiliary contacts for digital signals (for withdrawable version) 050151 Note: Outside the circuit-breaker. Order as an alternative to the various types of mechanical interlocks and mechanical compartment door lock. For mounting on fixed circuit-breaker requires accessory (Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker). Auxiliary position contacts X1 AUP X1 24 V DC 062110 400 V AC 062111 E1-E6 1SDC200147F0001 Electrical signalling of circuit-breaker racked-in/test isolated/racked-out S75 E1/6 5 auxiliary contacts 038361 038361 E1-E2 10 auxiliary contacts 038360 043467 E3 10 auxiliary contacts 043468 043469 E4-E6 10 auxiliary contacts 043470 043470 E1/6 5 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050146 050146 E1-E2 10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050147 050148 E4-6 10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050147 050147 E3 10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals 050149 050150 1SDC200149F0001 Contact for signalling closing spring charged S33 M/2 Note: Already supplied with the geared motor for automatic closing spring charging. E1-E6 038325 E1-E6 ACBs 1SDC200151F0001 Contact for signalling undervoltage release de-energized E1-E6 1 normally-closed contact 038341 1 normally-open contact 038340 E1-E6 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/239

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details 1SDC200153F0001 Current sensor for neutral conductor outside circuit-breaker UI/N E1-E6 E2-E4 Iu N = 2000A 058191 E3-E6 Iu N = 3200A 058218 E4/f (1) Iu N = 3200A 058216 E6/f (2) Iu N = 6300A 058220 Note: Iu N refers to the maximum neutral conductor capacity. (1) Also for E1-E2 with setting of the neutral Ne=200% (2) Also for E3 with setting of the neutral Ne=200% 1SDC200154F0001 Homopolar toroid for the main power supply earthing conductor (star centre of the transformer) UI/O E1-E6 059145 Mechanical accessories E1-E6 E1-E6 1SDC200157F0001 1SDC200155F0001 Mechanical operation counter X1 E1-E6 062160 038345 Lock in open position - key locks X1 E1-E6 KLC-D - different key 062141 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20005) 062142 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20006) 062143 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20007) 062144 KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20008) 062145 KLC-R - arrangement for Ronis key lock 062146 KLC-C - arrangement for Castell key lock 062147 KLC-K - arrangement for Kirk key lock 062148 KLC-P - arrangement for Profalux key lock 062149 For 1 circuit-breaker (different keys) 058271 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20005) 058270 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20006) 058274 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20007) 058273 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20008) 058272 E1-E6 1SDC200158F0001 Lock in open position - padlocks X1 E1-E6 PLL 062152 038351 (a) Note: (a) To be ordered as alternative to the opening and closing pushbutton protective cover. see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/240

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details E1-E6 1SDC200160F0001 Circuit-breaker lock in racked-in/test isolated/racked-out position X1 E1-E6 For 1 circuit-breaker (different keys) 062153 058278 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20005) 062154 058277 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20006) 062155 058281 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20007) 062156 058280 For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20008) 062157 058279 E1-E6 1SDC200162F0001 Accessory for lock in test isolated/racked-out position X1 E1-E6 062158 038357 Note: Must always be ordered to complete the circuit-breaker lock in racked-in/test/racked-out position E1-E6 1SDC200163F0001 Accessory for shutter padlock device E1-E6 038363 Mechanical compartment door lock X1 E1-E6 062159 045039 Note: order with interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker for fixed version, also order the interlock plate order as an alternative to cable interlocks, and to the 15 supplementary auxiliary contacts. E1-E6 1SDC200165F0001 Transparent protection for buttons X1 Transparent protection for buttons 062132 Transparent protection for buttons - independent 062133 ACBs Protective cover for opening and closing pushbuttons Note: Order as an alternative to the padlock device in open position. E1-E6 038343 1SDC200168F0001 IP54 door protection X1 E1-E6 062161 038344 E1-E6 E1-E6 1SDC200166F0001 Sealable relay protection E1-E6 For PR121 058316 For PR122/PR123 058317 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/241

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details Mechanical interlock with cables between two circuit-breakers X1 Cables kit for horizontal interlock 062127 Plate for fixed 062129 Plate for fixed - on bottom plate 062130 Plate for withdrawable 062131 Note: To interlock two circuit-breakers you have to order a cables kit and two plates in function of the version of the circuit-breaker 1SDC200170F0001 Interlock cables for fixed circuit-breakers or fixed parts E1-E6 A - horizontal 038329 B - horizontal 038330 C - horizontal 038331 D - horizontal 038332 A - vertical 038333 B - vertical 038334 C - vertical 038335 D - vertical 038336 Note: Order one type of cable for each interlock. Order on one of the fixed circuit-breakers or on one of the fixed parts. Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker E1-E2 038366 038366 E3 038367 038367 E4 038368 043466 E6 043466 038369 Note: Order one accessory for each fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker. Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker E1-E6 Interlock A/B/D 038364 Interlock C 038365 Note: Order one accessory for each fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker. Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker Note: Order only for fixed circuit-breaker. E1-E6 038358 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/242

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details - X1 Connections terminals High insulating terminal covers HTC X1 063091 063092 Low insulating terminal covers - HTC LTC X1 F 063093 063094 LTC X1 W 063095 063096 Front extended terminals 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces EF X1 063103 063104 063105 063106 Front terminals for copper-aluminium cables 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces FC CuAl X1 1250 4x240mm 2 063112 063113 063114 063115 Front terminals (1) 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces F X1 - Plugs with screws 063099 063100 063101 063102 (1) To be requested as loose kit Front extended spread terminals 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces ES X1 (1/2 upper kit) 063107 ES X1 (1/2 lower kit) 063108 ES X1 063109 063110 063111 ACBs Rear adjustable terminals 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces R X1 063116 063117 063118 063119 Rear flat horizontal terminals 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces HR X1 063120 063121 063122 063123 Rear flat vertical terminals 3 pieces 4 pieces 6 pieces 8 pieces VR X1 063124 063125 063126 063127 Terminals for fixed parts 3 pieces 4 pieces see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/243

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details Auxiliary units Automatic transfer switch ATS010 X1 E1-E6 ATS010 052927 052927 Accessories for electronic trip units X1 E1-E6 PR010/T - Test and configuration unit for electronic 048964 (1) 048964 trip units type PR33x EP010 - Module interface for PR33x 059469 (1) (1) Ask ABB SACE for PR010/T and EP010 availability E1-E6 E1-E6 E1-E6 1SDC200301F0001 1SDC200114F0001 1SDC200300F0001 1SDC200129F0001 PR021/K Signalling unit E1-E6 PR021/K 059146 PR120/K Signalling module E1-E6 PR120/K (4 Output with independent terminals) 058255 PR120/K (4 Output + 1 Input with a common terminal) 058256 Voltage measuring module X1 E1-E6 PR120/V (internal connection) 058252 (a) PR120/V (external connection for terminal box/sliding contacts) 058253 (b) PR330/V 063144 Note: (a) To be specified with PR122/P when internal connection for measuring voltage on the bottom terminals is ordered. (b) To be specified with PR122/P when input for measuring the voltage in terminal box/sliding contacts is ordered instead of the internal connection on the bottom terminals. Communication module (Modbus RTU) X1 E1-E6 PR120/D-M 058254 PR330/D-M 063145 E1-E6 1SDC200302F0001 PR120/D-BT Internal wireless communication module see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/244

Air circuit-breakers Emax series accessories Ordering details E1-E6 PR120/D-BT 058257 PR330/R Actuator module X1 PR330/R 063146 Trip unit adapters for PR33x X1 Adapters for PR33x 063142 BT030 External wireless communication module E1-E6 BT030 058259 EP010 - ABB Fieldbus plug E1-E6 EP010 060198 Note: do not use with FBP-PDP21, the FBP-PDP22 is required. PR030/B - Power supply unit E1-E6 PR030/B 058258 Note: Standard supply with PR122 and PR123 releases. HMI030 - Interface from front of panel E1-E6 HMI030 063143 ACBs E1-E6 Current sensor for neutral conductor outside circuit-breaker X1 E1-E6 X1 In = 200 A 063158 X1 In = 400...1600 A 063159 E1-E2-E4 Iu N = 2000 A 058191 E3-E6 Iu N = 3200 A 058218 E4/f (1) Iu N = 4000 A 058216 E6/f (2) Iu N = 6300 A 058220 Note: Iu N refers to the maximum neutral conductor capacity. (1) also for E1-E2 with setting of the neutral Ne = 200% (2) also for E3 with setting of the neutral Ne = 200% Homopolar toroid for the main power supply earthing conductor (star centre of the transformer) E1-E6 see Abbreviation caption page 7/172 7/245

2024 © hobbydocbox.com Privacy Policy | Terms of Service | Feedback